The-Homebrew-Cloud/SysCheck-ModMii-Edition
2
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/modmii/SysCheck-ModMii-Edition.git synced 2024-11-22 08:09:19 +01:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

-Added extra libraries to repository. If it works correctly, you shouldn't need to install anything besides libogc.

Browse Source 
-Changed delay between messages to milliseconds.  Still need to tweak the time.
-Added HDE to the SysCheck title
-Removed reloading the runtime IOS since it's unnecessary
-Fixed Select IOS not showing up after a failed update
-A little minor cleanup

TODO: Still need to figure out why the runtime IOS/vIOS is labeled incorrectly.
This commit is contained in:
Joostinonline 2015-02-07 07:33:33 +00:00
parent 227cd3a2aa
commit 7bdf74daa6
82 changed files with 30693 additions and 43 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

1
Makefile
View File

@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ LIBS += -lruntimeiospatch
# include and lib
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIBDIRS := $(PORTLIBS)
LIBDIRS += LIBDIRS := $(CURDIR)/libs
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# no real need to edit anything past this point unless you need to add additional

4
include/SysMenuInfo.h
View File

@ -54,6 +54,8 @@ typedef struct {
u8 shopcode;
u8 priiloader;
bool nandAccess;
u32 runningIOS;
u32 runningIOSRevision;
} SYSSETTINGS;
typedef struct {
@ -69,6 +71,4 @@ typedef struct {
u32 hbcIOS;
} homebrew_t;
char getSystemMenuRegionFromContent();
#endif

6
include/sys.h
View File

@ -7,13 +7,11 @@
#define AHB_ACCESS (*(vu32*)0xcd800064 == 0xFFFFFFFF)
#define MEM_REG_BASE 0xd8b4000
#define MEM_PROT (MEM_REG_BASE + 0x20a)
#define HOLLYWOOD_VERSION (vu32*)0x80003138
#define HOLLYWOOD_VERSION (*(vu32*)0x80003138)
#define LOADER_STUB (vu32*)0x80001800
#define IOS_TOP (*((vu32*)0x80003134))
#define IS_WII_U ((*(vu32*)(0xCd8005A0) >> 16 ) == 0xCAFE)
#define MAX_ELEMENTS(x) ((sizeof((x))) / (sizeof((x)[0])))
#define CheckTime(X,Y) while(!(ticks_to_millisecs(diff_ticks((X), gettick())) > (Y)))
#define UpdateTime() current_time = gettick();
// Turn upper and lower into a full title ID
#define TITLE_ID(x,y) (((u64)(x) << 32) | (y))
@ -141,7 +139,7 @@ u32 GetSysMenuVersion(void);
float GetSysMenuNintendoVersion(u32 sysVersion);
u32 GetBoot2Version(void);
u32 GetDeviceID(void);
bool CheckIOSType(u32 start_address);
bool CheckIOSType(void);
bool CheckFakeSignature(void);
bool CheckESIdentify(void);
bool CheckFlashAccess(void);

5
include/tools.h
View File

@ -13,10 +13,13 @@ extern "C"
#define CHECK_ARG(X) (!strncmp((X), argv[i], sizeof((X))-1))
#define CHECK_ARG_VAL(X) (argv[i] + sizeof((X))-1)
#define CheckTime() while(!(ticks_to_millisecs(diff_ticks(current_time, gettime())) > 750000))
#define UpdateTime() current_time = gettime();
typedef struct {
bool forceNoAHBPROT;
bool debug;
int skipIOSlist[513];
int skipIOSlist[512];
int skipIOScnt;
} arguments_t;

254
libs/include/CheckRegion.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CheckRegion.h - Reports region info on your Wii
Copyright (C) 2013 JoostinOnline
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE
OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __CHECKREGION_H__
#define __CHECKREGION_H__
/**
* Version information for CheckRegion.
*/
#define CHECKREGION_VERSION "1.7"
//==============================================================================
// Includes
//==============================================================================
#include <gccore.h>
//==============================================================================
//==============================================================================
// HW_RVL header
//==============================================================================
#if defined(HW_RVL) /* defined(HW_RVL) */
//==============================================================================
// Error code definitions
//==============================================================================
#define CONF_EBADFILE -0x6001
#define CONF_ENOENT -0x6002
#define CONF_ETOOBIG -0x6003
#define CONF_ENOTINIT -0x6004
#define CONF_ENOTIMPL -0x6005
#define CONF_EBADVALUE -0x6006
#define CONF_ENOMEM -0x6007
#define CONF_ERR_OK 0
//==============================================================================
// Variable size definitions
//==============================================================================
#define SERIALCODE_SIZE 4
#define SERIALNUMBER_SIZE 10
#define MODEL_SIZE 13
#define COUNTRY_SIZE 44
//==============================================================================
// C++ header
//==============================================================================
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* __cplusplus */
//==============================================================================
// Extra standard declarations
//==============================================================================
typedef signed int s32;
//==============================================================================
/**
* Multi-dimensional array of country names. Their location corresponds with the shop
* code given by CONF_GetShopCode(u8 *shopcode)
*/
extern const char *CONF_CountryCodes[];
/**
* CheckRegion CONF codes
*/
enum {
/*------------------------Wii Codes------------------------*/
CONF_CODE_JPN = 0, /**< CODE "LJF" (Original model) */
CONF_CODE_USA, /**< CODE "LU" (Original model) */
CONF_CODE_EURH, /**< CODE "LEH" (Original model) */
CONF_CODE_EURM, /**< CODE "LEM" (Original model) */
CONF_CODE_EURF, /**< CODE "LEF" (Original model) */
CONF_CODE_KOR, /**< CODE "LKM" (Original model) */
CONF_CODE_AUS, /**< CODE "LAH" (Original model) */
CONF_CODE_USAK, /**< CODE "KU" (New model) */
CONF_CODE_EURHK, /**< CODE "KEH" (New model) */
CONF_CODE_EURMK, /**< CODE "KEM" (New model) */
CONF_CODE_EURFK, /**< CODE "KEF" (New model) */
CONF_CODE_AUSK, /**< CODE "KAM" (New model) */
CONF_CODE_DLPH, /**< CODE "LE" (Dolphin emulator) */
/*-----------------------Wii U Codes-----------------------*/
CONF_CODE_VJPNI, /**< CODE "IJF" (8GB model) */
CONF_CODE_VJPNO, /**< CODE "OJF" (32GB model) */ //Unconfirmed
CONF_CODE_VUSAI, /**< CODE "IW" (8GB model) */
CONF_CODE_VUSAO, /**< CODE "OW" (32GB model) */
CONF_CODE_VEURHI, /**< CODE "IEH" (8GB model) */
CONF_CODE_VEURHO, /**< CODE "OEH" (32GB model) */
CONF_CODE_VEURMI, /**< CODE "IEM" (8GB model) */ //Unconfirmed
CONF_CODE_VEURMO, /**< CODE "OEM" (32GB model) */
CONF_CODE_VEURFI, /**< CODE "IEF" (8GB model) */
CONF_CODE_VEURFO, /**< CODE "OEF" (32GB model) */
CONF_CODE_VKORI, /**< CODE "I??" (8GB model) */ //Not released
CONF_CODE_VKORO, /**< CODE "O??" (32GB model) */ //Not released
CONF_CODE_VAUSI, /**< CODE "IAH" (8GB model) */ //Unconfirmed
CONF_CODE_VAUSO /**< CODE "OAH" (32GB model) */
};
/**
* Initializes everything necessary for CONF functions. Must be run
* before any other CONF function, including those in ogc\conf.h
* @return 0 for success, anything else means init failed
* CONF_ERR_OK : Success - Initialization was successful, or was already complete
* CONF_EBADFILE : Error - setting.txt or SYSCONF is corrupt
* Anything else : Error - Not enough free memory
*/
s32 CONF_Init(void);
/**
* Gets value of CODE in setting.txt
* @param serialcode Pointer to a 4 character array. Can be NULL.
* @example char serialcode[SERIALCODE_SIZE] = {0}; CONF_GetSerialCode(serialcode);
* @return Integer representing code
* CONF_CODE_* : Success - serialcode was retrieved and is a known code
* CONF_ENOENT : Error - Could not find serialcode in setting.txt
* CONF_ENOTINIT : Error - CONF_Init() was not run before function
* CONF_EBADVALUE : Error - Unknown serial code
* CONF_ENOMEM : Error - Not enough free memory
*/
s32 CONF_GetSerialCode(char *serialcode);
/**
* Gets value of SERNO in setting.txt
* @param serialnumber Pointer to a 12 character array. Can be NULL.
* @example char serialnumber[SERIALNUMBER_SIZE] = {0}; CONF_GetSerialNumber(serialnumber);
* @return Integer representing code
* CONF_ERR_OK : Success - Retrieved serialnumber
* CONF_ENOENT : Error - Could not find serialnumber in setting.txt
* CONF_ENOTINIT : Error - CONF_Init() was not run before function
* CONF_ENOMEM : Error - Not enough free memory
*/
s32 CONF_GetSerialNumber(char *serialnumber);
/**
* Gets value of MODEL in setting.txt
* @param model Pointer to a 13 character array. Can be NULL.
* @example char model[MODEL_SIZE] = {0}; CONF_GetModel(model);
* @return Integer representing code
* CONF_ERR_OK : Success - Retrieved model
* CONF_ENOENT : Error - Could not find model in setting.txt
* CONF_ENOTINIT : Error - CONF_Init() was not run before function
* CONF_ENOMEM : Error - Not enough free memory
*/
s32 CONF_GetModel(char *model);
/**
* Gets the Shop Channel country code in SYSCONF
* @see http://wiibrew.org/wiki/Country_Codes
* @param shopcode Pointer to an unsigned 8bit integer. Can be NULL.
* @example u8 shopcode = 0;
* CONF_GetShopCode(&shopcode);
* printf("Shop Channel Country is %s", CONF_CountryCodes[shopcode]);
* @return Integer representing code
* CONF_ERR_OK : Success - Retrieved shopcode
* CONF_ENOENT : Error - Could not find shopcode in SYSCONF
* CONF_ENOTINIT : Error - CONF_Init() was not run before function
* CONF_ENOMEM : Error - Not enough free memory
*/
s32 CONF_GetShopCode(u8 *shopcode);
//==============================================================================
// C++ footer
//==============================================================================
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif /* __cplusplus */
//==============================================================================
// HW_RVL footer
//==============================================================================
#endif /* defined(HW_RVL) */
#endif // __CHECKREGION_H__
/**
* @section Introduction
* CheckRegion provides region information about your Wii.
*
* While AnyRegionChanger (and its mods) can modify all the region
* settings that are needed for the Wii to work, it does not change
* the value of "CODE", which are the letters that precede the serial
* number. From that, you can determine the original region.
*
*
* ***IMPORTANT***
* If your Wii was purchased before May 2011 or does not have GC ports,
* the report should be 100% accurate.
*
* If that's not the case, there is a chance someone used GiantPune's
* Ohneschwanzenegger and a GC controller to create a new NAND, which
* allows a custom serial number, thus fooling CheckRegion. You can
* only then assume it's right if it reports a different region than
* your Wii's current one.
*
* @section Links
* Forum : http://HacksDen.com
* Code : http://tinyurl.com/CheckRegion
*
* @section Credits
* God for always being there.
* LiNkZoR, JohnyNyga, VampireLordAlucard, sureiya, Drexyl, and fudgenuts64 for information on the new Wii models.
* marcan for conf.c/conf.h, which this is heavily based on.
* megazig for several tips and suggestions.
*
* @section Licence
* Copyright (C) 2013 JoostinOnline
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
* in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
* OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
* DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
* TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE
* OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*/

614
libs/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,614 @@
/* ftconfig.h. Generated from ftconfig.in by configure. */
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftconfig.in */
/* */
/* UNIX-specific configuration file (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2004, 2006-2009, 2011, 2013 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */
/* by the rest of the engine. Most of the macros here are automatically */
/* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to */
/* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI */
/* compiler. */
/* */
/* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we */
/* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory. */
/* */
/* The build directory is usually `freetype/builds/<system>', and */
/* contains system-specific files that are always included first when */
/* building the library. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTCONFIG_H__
#define __FTCONFIG_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system. The current */
/* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment */
/* (16bit compilers are also supported). Copy this file to your own */
/* `freetype/builds/<system>' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
/* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char' */
/* has 16 bits. ANSI C says that sizeof(char) is always 1. Since an */
/* `int' has 16 bits also for this system, sizeof(int) gives 1 which */
/* is probably unexpected. */
/* */
/* `CHAR_BIT' (defined in limits.h) gives the number of bits in a */
/* `char' type. */
#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#endif
/* #undef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
#ifdef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES
#define SIZEOF_INT 4
#define SIZEOF_LONG 4
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT SIZEOF_INT
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG SIZEOF_LONG
#else /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
/* Following cpp computation of the bit length of int and long */
/* is copied from default include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h. */
/* If any improvement is required for this file, it should be */
/* applied to the original header file for the builders that */
/* does not use configure script. */
/* The size of an `int' type. */
#if FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!"
#endif
/* The size of a `long' type. A five-byte `long' (as used e.g. on the */
/* DM642) is recognized but avoided. */
#if FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!"
#endif
#endif /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
/* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not */
/* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */
#ifndef FT_UNUSED
#define FT_UNUSED( arg ) ( (arg) = (arg) )
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* These macros are computed from the ones defined above. Don't touch */
/* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing. No */
/* porter should need to mess with them. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Mac support */
/* */
/* This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead */
/* providing a new configuration file. */
/* */
#if defined( __APPLE__ ) || ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh ) )
/* no Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x */
/* AvailabilityMacros.h is available since Mac OS X 10.2, */
/* so guess the system version by maximum errno before inclusion */
#include <errno.h>
#ifdef ECANCELED /* defined since 10.2 */
#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
#endif
#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
#undef FT_MACINTOSH
#endif
#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ )
/* Classic MacOS compilers */
#include "ConditionalMacros.h"
#if TARGET_OS_MAC
#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
#endif
#endif
/* Fix compiler warning with sgi compiler */
#if defined( __sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ )
#if defined( _COMPILER_VERSION ) && ( _COMPILER_VERSION >= 730 )
#pragma set woff 3505
#endif
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* basic_types */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int16 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_Int16;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt16 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UInt16;
/* */
/* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */
#if 0
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int32 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. */
/* */
typedef signed XXX FT_Int32;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt32 */
/* */
/* A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. */
/* */
typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt32;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int64 */
/* */
/* A typedef for a 64bit signed integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support; */
/* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary). */
/* */
typedef signed XXX FT_Int64;
/* */
#endif
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4
typedef signed int FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt32;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4
typedef signed long FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned long FT_UInt32;
#else
#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
#endif
/* look up an integer type that is at least 32 bits */
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= 4
typedef int FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned int FT_UFast;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= 4
typedef long FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned long FT_UFast;
#endif
/* determine whether we have a 64-bit int type for platforms without */
/* Autoconf */
#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8
/* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long
#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900 /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
/* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ ) /* Borland C++ */
/* XXXX: We should probably check the value of __BORLANDC__ in order */
/* to test the compiler version. */
/* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ ) /* Watcom C++ */
/* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */
#elif defined( __MWERKS__ ) /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
/* GCC provides the `long long' type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* A 64-bit data type will create compilation problems if you compile */
/* in strict ANSI mode. To avoid them, we disable its use if __STDC__ */
/* is defined. You can however ignore this rule by defining the */
/* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 configuration macro. */
/* */
#if defined( FT_LONG64 ) && !defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
#ifdef __STDC__
/* Undefine the 64-bit macros in strict ANSI compilation mode. */
/* Since `#undef' doesn't survive in configuration header files */
/* we use the postprocessing facility of AC_CONFIG_HEADERS to */
/* replace the leading `/' with `#'. */
#undef FT_LONG64
#undef FT_INT64
#endif /* __STDC__ */
#endif /* FT_LONG64 && !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 */
#ifdef FT_LONG64
typedef FT_INT64 FT_Int64;
#endif
#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT do {
#define FT_END_STMNT } while ( 0 )
#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER
/* Provide assembler fragments for performance-critical functions. */
/* These must be defined `static __inline__' with GCC. */
#if defined( __CC_ARM ) || defined( __ARMCC__ ) /* RVCT */
#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_arm
/* documentation is in freetype.h */
static __inline FT_Int32
FT_MulFix_arm( FT_Int32 a,
FT_Int32 b )
{
register FT_Int32 t, t2;
__asm
{
smull t2, t, b, a /* (lo=t2,hi=t) = a*b */
mov a, t, asr #31 /* a = (hi >> 31) */
add a, a, #0x8000 /* a += 0x8000 */
adds t2, t2, a /* t2 += a */
adc t, t, #0 /* t += carry */
mov a, t2, lsr #16 /* a = t2 >> 16 */
orr a, a, t, lsl #16 /* a |= t << 16 */
}
return a;
}
#endif /* __CC_ARM || __ARMCC__ */
#ifdef __GNUC__
#if defined( __arm__ ) && !defined( __thumb__ ) && \
!( defined( __CC_ARM ) || defined( __ARMCC__ ) )
#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_arm
/* documentation is in freetype.h */
static __inline__ FT_Int32
FT_MulFix_arm( FT_Int32 a,
FT_Int32 b )
{
register FT_Int32 t, t2;
__asm__ __volatile__ (
"smull %1, %2, %4, %3\n\t" /* (lo=%1,hi=%2) = a*b */
"mov %0, %2, asr #31\n\t" /* %0 = (hi >> 31) */
"add %0, %0, #0x8000\n\t" /* %0 += 0x8000 */
"adds %1, %1, %0\n\t" /* %1 += %0 */
"adc %2, %2, #0\n\t" /* %2 += carry */
"mov %0, %1, lsr #16\n\t" /* %0 = %1 >> 16 */
"orr %0, %0, %2, lsl #16\n\t" /* %0 |= %2 << 16 */
: "=r"(a), "=&r"(t2), "=&r"(t)
: "r"(a), "r"(b)
: "cc" );
return a;
}
#endif /* __arm__ && !__thumb__ && !( __CC_ARM || __ARMCC__ ) */
#if defined( __i386__ )
#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_i386
/* documentation is in freetype.h */
static __inline__ FT_Int32
FT_MulFix_i386( FT_Int32 a,
FT_Int32 b )
{
register FT_Int32 result;
__asm__ __volatile__ (
"imul %%edx\n"
"movl %%edx, %%ecx\n"
"sarl $31, %%ecx\n"
"addl $0x8000, %%ecx\n"
"addl %%ecx, %%eax\n"
"adcl $0, %%edx\n"
"shrl $16, %%eax\n"
"shll $16, %%edx\n"
"addl %%edx, %%eax\n"
: "=a"(result), "=d"(b)
: "a"(a), "d"(b)
: "%ecx", "cc" );
return result;
}
#endif /* i386 */
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
#ifdef _MSC_VER /* Visual C++ */
#ifdef _M_IX86
#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_i386
/* documentation is in freetype.h */
static __inline FT_Int32
FT_MulFix_i386( FT_Int32 a,
FT_Int32 b )
{
register FT_Int32 result;
__asm
{
mov eax, a
mov edx, b
imul edx
mov ecx, edx
sar ecx, 31
add ecx, 8000h
add eax, ecx
adc edx, 0
shr eax, 16
shl edx, 16
add eax, edx
mov result, eax
}
return result;
}
#endif /* _M_IX86 */
#endif /* _MSC_VER */
#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
#ifdef FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER
#define FT_MULFIX_INLINED FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER
#endif
#endif
#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) static x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) static x
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern "C" x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
#ifndef FT_BASE
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_BASE( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_BASE */
#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
#else
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
/* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a */
/* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers. */
/* */
/* This is special. Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */
/* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also */
/* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to */
/* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
/* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers. */
/* */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function. */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
/* contains pointers to callback functions. */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable */
/* that contains pointers to callback functions. */
/* */
/* */
/* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert */
/* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) static x
#endif
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern "C"
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF extern "C"
#else
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF /* nothing */
#endif
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTCONFIG_H__ */
/* END */

819
libs/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,819 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftheader.h */
/* */
/* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2008, 2010, 2012, 2013 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FT_HEADER_H__
#define __FT_HEADER_H__
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" {
#else
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* nothing */
#endif
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_END_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_END_HEADER }
#else
#define FT_END_HEADER /* nothing */
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* header_file_macros */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Header File Macros */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Macro definitions used to #include specific header files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following macros are defined to the name of specific */
/* FreeType~2 header files. They can be used directly in #include */
/* statements as in: */
/* */
/* { */
/* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */
/* #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H */
/* #include FT_GLYPH_H */
/* } */
/* */
/* There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name */
/* public header files. The first one is that such macros are not */
/* limited to the infamous 8.3~naming rule required by DOS (and */
/* `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H' is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h'). */
/* */
/* The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the */
/* way FreeType~2 is installed on a given system. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* configuration files */
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 configuration data.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library
* instances in @FT_Init_FreeType.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
#endif
/* */
/* public headers */
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FREETYPE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* base FreeType~2 API.
*
*/
#define FT_FREETYPE_H <freetype/freetype.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_ERRORS_H <freetype/fterrors.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages).
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYSTEM_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management
* and stream i/o).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_SYSTEM_H <freetype/ftsystem.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_IMAGE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing type
* definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines,
* scan-converter parameters).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftimage.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* basic data types defined by FreeType~2.
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPES_H <freetype/fttypes.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LIST_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list management API of FreeType~2.
*
* (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
*
*/
#define FT_LIST_H <freetype/ftlist.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OUTLINE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* scalable outline management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_OUTLINE_H <freetype/ftoutln.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SIZES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face.
*
*/
#define FT_SIZES_H <freetype/ftsizes.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_H <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_RENDER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* renderer module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_RENDER_H <freetype/ftrender.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_AUTOHINTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the auto-hinting module.
*
*/
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_H <freetype/ftautoh.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CFF_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the CFF driver module.
*
*/
#define FT_CFF_DRIVER_H <freetype/ftcffdrv.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the Type~1 format.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H <freetype/t1tables.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings,
* etc. This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro
* definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H <freetype/ttnameid.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H <freetype/tttables.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of TrueType four-byte `tags' which identify blocks in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H <freetype/tttags.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BDF_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a
* face.
*
*/
#define FT_BDF_H <freetype/ftbdf.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CID_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which access CID font information from a
* face.
*
*/
#define FT_CID_H <freetype/ftcid.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GZIP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_GZIP_H <freetype/ftgzip.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LZW_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_LZW_H <freetype/ftlzw.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BZIP2_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports bzip2-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_BZIP2_H <freetype/ftbzip2.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_WINFONTS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
*
*/
#define FT_WINFONTS_H <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GLYPH_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional glyph management component.
*
*/
#define FT_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftglyph.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BITMAP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
*
*/
#define FT_BITMAP_H <freetype/ftbitmap.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BBOX_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
*
*/
#define FT_BBOX_H <freetype/ftbbox.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* `glyph image' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
* It is used to define a cache for @FT_Glyph elements. You can also
* use the API defined in @FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H if you only need to
* store small glyph bitmaps, as it will use less memory.
*
* This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
* glyph image-related cache declarations.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* `small bitmaps' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
* It is used to define a cache for small glyph bitmaps in a relatively
* memory-efficient way. You can also use the API defined in
* @FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H if you want to cache arbitrary glyph images,
* including scalable outlines.
*
* This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
* small bitmaps-related cache declarations.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H FT_CACHE_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* `charmap' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
* This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
* charmap-based cache declarations.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H FT_CACHE_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MAC_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API. The latter is used to access
* fonts embedded in resource forks.
*
* This header file must be explicitly included by client applications
* compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
*
*/
#define FT_MAC_H <freetype/ftmac.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H <freetype/ftmm.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded `name' strings in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H <freetype/ftsnames.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF,
* GPOS, GSUB, JSTF).
*
*/
#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftotval.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (feat,
* mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop).
*
*/
#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftgxval.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_PFR_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
*
*/
#define FT_PFR_H <freetype/ftpfr.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_STROKER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
*/
#define FT_STROKER_H <freetype/ftstroke.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYNTHESIS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
*/
#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H <freetype/ftsynth.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_XFREE86_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to the XFree86 and
* X.Org X11 servers.
*/
#define FT_XFREE86_H <freetype/ftxf86.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g.,
* cosines and arc tangents).
*/
#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H <freetype/fttrigon.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
*/
#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
*/
#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H <freetype/ttunpat.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_INCREMENTAL_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
*/
#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GASP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
*/
#define FT_GASP_H <freetype/ftgasp.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ADVANCES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances.
*/
#define FT_ADVANCES_H <freetype/ftadvanc.h>
/* */
#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H <freetype/fterrdef.h>
/* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed. We */
/* default to FT_CACHE_H at the moment just in case, but we know of */
/* no rogue client that uses them. */
/* */
#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H <freetype/ttunpat.h>
/*
* Include internal headers definitions from <freetype/internal/...>
* only when building the library.
*/
#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#define FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H <freetype/internal/internal.h>
#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H
#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */
#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_H__ */
/* END */

20
libs/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
/* This is a generated file. */
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class )
/* EOF */

827
libs/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,827 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftoption.h */
/* */
/* User-selectable configuration macros (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2013 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTOPTION_H__
#define __FTOPTION_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for */
/* a standard build of the FreeType library. There are three ways to */
/* use this file to build project-specific versions of the library: */
/* */
/* - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in */
/* cases where you would like to build several versions of the */
/* library from a single source directory. */
/* */
/* - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more */
/* precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h', where `$BUILD' */
/* is the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType */
/* include path during compilation. */
/* */
/* The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build */
/* directory `builds/<system>' by default, but you can easily change */
/* that for your own projects. */
/* */
/* - Copy the file <ft2build.h> to `$BUILD/ft2build.h' and modify it */
/* slightly to pre-define the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H used to */
/* locate this file during the build. For example, */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <myftoptions.h> */
/* #include <freetype/config/ftheader.h> */
/* */
/* will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h' instead of this file for macro */
/* definitions. */
/* */
/* Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro */
/* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H used to locate the file listing of the modules */
/* that are statically linked to the library at compile time. By */
/* default, this file is <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>. */
/* */
/* We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** G E N E R A L F R E E T Y P E 2 C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate sub-pixel rendering */
/* (a.k.a. LCD rendering, or ClearType) in this build of the library. */
/* */
/* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents */
/* and should not be activated in any default build of the library. */
/* */
/* This macro has no impact on the FreeType API, only on its */
/* _implementation_. For example, using FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD when calling */
/* FT_Render_Glyph still generates a bitmap that is 3 times wider than */
/* the original size in case this macro isn't defined; however, each */
/* triplet of subpixels has R=G=B. */
/* */
/* This is done to allow FreeType clients to run unmodified, forcing */
/* them to display normal gray-level anti-aliased glyphs. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used */
/* by FreeType to speed up some computations. However, this will create */
/* some problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode. */
/* */
/* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when */
/* the __STDC__ macro is defined. You can however disable this by */
/* defining the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 here. */
/* */
/* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when */
/* building the library. */
/* */
/* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the */
/* file `ftconfig.h' either statically or through the */
/* `configure' script on supported platforms. */
/* */
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* If this macro is defined, do not try to use an assembler version of */
/* performance-critical functions (e.g. FT_MulFix). You should only do */
/* that to verify that the assembler function works properly, or to */
/* execute benchmark tests of the various implementations. */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* If this macro is defined, try to use an inlined assembler version of */
/* the `FT_MulFix' function, which is a `hotspot' when loading and */
/* hinting glyphs, and which should be executed as fast as possible. */
/* */
/* Note that if your compiler or CPU is not supported, this will default */
/* to the standard and portable implementation found in `ftcalc.c'. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* LZW-compressed file support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
/* `compress' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */
/* files that come with various X11 distributions. The implementation */
/* uses NetBSD's `zopen' to partially uncompress the file on the fly */
/* (see src/lzw/ftgzip.c). */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Gzip-compressed file support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
/* `gzip' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files */
/* that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `zlib' to */
/* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/gzip/ftgzip.c). */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. See also */
/* the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB below. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ZLib library selection */
/* */
/* This macro is only used when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB is defined. */
/* It allows FreeType's `ftgzip' component to link to the system's */
/* installation of the ZLib library. This is useful on systems like */
/* Unix or VMS where it generally is already available. */
/* */
/* If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy */
/* of the zlib sources instead. These have been modified to be */
/* included directly within the component and *not* export external */
/* function names. This allows you to link any program with FreeType */
/* _and_ ZLib without linking conflicts. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */
/* it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Bzip2-compressed file support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
/* `bzip2' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */
/* files that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `libbz2' to */
/* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/bzip2/ftbzip2.c). */
/* Contrary to gzip, bzip2 currently is not included and need to use */
/* the system available bzip2 implementation. */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_BZIP2 */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define to disable the use of file stream functions and types, FILE, */
/* fopen() etc. Enables the use of smaller system libraries on embedded */
/* systems that have multiple system libraries, some with or without */
/* file stream support, in the cases where file stream support is not */
/* necessary such as memory loading of font files. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_DISABLE_STREAM_SUPPORT */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* DLL export compilation */
/* */
/* When compiling FreeType as a DLL, some systems/compilers need a */
/* special keyword in front OR after the return type of function */
/* declarations. */
/* */
/* Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define */
/* exported library functions: FT_EXPORT and FT_EXPORT_DEF. */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT( return_type ) */
/* */
/* is used in a function declaration, as in */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) */
/* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ); */
/* */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type ) */
/* */
/* is used in a function definition, as in */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error ) */
/* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ) */
/* { */
/* ... some code ... */
/* return FT_Err_Ok; */
/* } */
/* */
/* You can provide your own implementation of FT_EXPORT and */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF here if you want. If you leave them undefined, they */
/* will be later automatically defined as `extern return_type' to */
/* allow normal compilation. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
/* them for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_EXPORT(x) extern x */
/* #define FT_EXPORT_DEF(x) x */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Glyph Postscript Names handling */
/* */
/* By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the `psnames' module. This */
/* module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a */
/* Unicode value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the */
/* use with the TrueType `post' table. */
/* */
/* Undefine this macro if you do not want `psnames' compiled in your */
/* build of FreeType. This has the following effects: */
/* */
/* - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names, */
/* if you build it to support postscript names in the TrueType */
/* `post' table. */
/* */
/* - The Type 1 driver will not be able to synthesize a Unicode */
/* charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts. */
/* */
/* You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building */
/* a version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type 1 or CFF driver. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support */
/* */
/* By default, FreeType 2 is built with the `PSNames' module compiled */
/* in. Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name */
/* into a Unicode value. This is especially useful in order to */
/* synthesize on the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type 1 driver */
/* through a big table named the `Adobe Glyph List' (AGL). */
/* */
/* Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List */
/* compiled in your `PSNames' module. The Type 1 driver will not be */
/* able to synthesize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the */
/* fonts. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Support for Mac fonts */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac */
/* format (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac */
/* resource) on non-Mac platforms. */
/* */
/* Note that the `FOND' resource isn't checked. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks */
/* */
/* Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g. */
/* GNU/Linux). */
/* */
/* Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in */
/* locations which users or developers don't expected. In some cases, */
/* resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file. In */
/* other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different */
/* from what the user specifies. If this option is activated, */
/* FreeType tries to guess whether such offsets or different file */
/* names must be used. */
/* */
/* Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via */
/* the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS option. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Allow the use of FT_Incremental_Interface to load typefaces that */
/* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function. */
/* This is required by clients supporting document formats which */
/* supply font data incrementally as the document is parsed, such */
/* as the Ghostscript interpreter for the PostScript language. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter */
/* to do all of its work. */
/* */
/* This must be greater than 4KByte if you use FreeType to rasterize */
/* glyphs; otherwise, you may set it to zero to avoid unnecessary */
/* allocation of the render pool. */
/* */
#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE 16384L
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* FT_MAX_MODULES */
/* */
/* The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single */
/* FreeType library object. 32 is the default. */
/* */
#define FT_MAX_MODULES 32
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Debug level */
/* */
/* FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode. In debug mode, */
/* errors are reported through the `ftdebug' component. In trace */
/* mode, additional messages are sent to the standard output during */
/* execution. */
/* */
/* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR to build the library in debug mode. */
/* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE to build it in trace mode. */
/* */
/* Don't define any of these macros to compile in `release' mode! */
/* */
/* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
/* them for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Autofitter debugging */
/* */
/* If FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT is defined, FreeType provides some means to */
/* control the autofitter behaviour for debugging purposes with global */
/* boolean variables (consequently, you should *never* enable this */
/* while compiling in `release' mode): */
/* */
/* _af_debug_disable_horz_hints */
/* _af_debug_disable_vert_hints */
/* _af_debug_disable_blue_hints */
/* */
/* Additionally, the following functions provide dumps of various */
/* internal autofit structures to stdout (using `printf'): */
/* */
/* af_glyph_hints_dump_points */
/* af_glyph_hints_dump_segments */
/* af_glyph_hints_dump_edges */
/* */
/* As an argument, they use another global variable: */
/* */
/* _af_debug_hints */
/* */
/* Please have a look at the `ftgrid' demo program to see how those */
/* variables and macros should be used. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
/* them for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Memory Debugging */
/* */
/* FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is */
/* capable of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double */
/* deletes. To compile it within your build of the library, you */
/* should define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY here. */
/* */
/* Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when */
/* when the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY' is defined also! */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */
/* it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Module errors */
/* */
/* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte */
/* of an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred, */
/* while the lower byte is the real error code. */
/* */
/* Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since */
/* it would break source compatibility of certain programs that use */
/* FreeType 2. */
/* */
/* More details can be found in the files ftmoderr.h and fterrors.h. */
/* */
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Position Independent Code */
/* */
/* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), FreeType2 will */
/* avoid creating constants that require address fixups. Instead the */
/* constants will be moved into a struct and additional intialization */
/* code will be used. */
/* */
/* Setting this macro is needed for systems that prohibit address */
/* fixups, such as BREW. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** S F N T D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS if you want to support */
/* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the SFNT module (namely */
/* TrueType & OpenType). */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES if you want to be able to */
/* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or */
/* OpenType file. */
/* */
/* Note that when you do not compile the `PSNames' module by undefining */
/* the above FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES, the `sfnt' module will */
/* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font. */
/* */
/* (By default, the module uses `PSNames' to extract glyph names.) */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES if your applications need to */
/* access the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType */
/* or OpenType. The name table contains various strings used to */
/* describe the font, like family name, copyright, version, etc. It */
/* does not contain any glyph name though. */
/* */
/* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in */
/* `freetype/ftsnames.h'. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* TrueType CMap support */
/* */
/* Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be */
/* supported. */
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_13
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** T R U E T Y P E D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER if you want to compile */
/* a bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver. */
/* */
/* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load */
/* TrueType glyphs without hinting. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here, since the build system might */
/* define it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING if you want to compile */
/* EXPERIMENTAL subpixel hinting support into the TrueType driver. This */
/* replaces the native TrueType hinting mechanism when anything but */
/* FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO is requested. */
/* */
/* Enabling this causes the TrueType driver to ignore instructions under */
/* certain conditions. This is done in accordance with the guide here, */
/* with some minor differences: */
/* */
/* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx */
/* */
/* By undefining this, you only compile the code necessary to hint */
/* TrueType glyphs with native TT hinting. */
/* */
/* This option requires TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER to be */
/* defined. */
/* */
/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* If you define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING, a special version */
/* of the TrueType bytecode interpreter is used that doesn't implement */
/* any of the patented opcodes and algorithms. The patents related to */
/* TrueType hinting have expired worldwide since May 2010; this option */
/* is now deprecated. */
/* */
/* Note that the TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING macro is *ignored* */
/* if you define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER; in other words, */
/* either define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER or */
/* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING but not both at the same time. */
/* */
/* This macro is only useful for a small number of font files (mostly */
/* for Asian scripts) that require bytecode interpretation to properly */
/* load glyphs. For all other fonts, this produces unpleasant results, */
/* thus the unpatented interpreter is never used to load glyphs from */
/* TrueType fonts unless one of the following two options is used. */
/* */
/* - The unpatented interpreter is explicitly activated by the user */
/* through the FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING parameter tag */
/* when opening the FT_Face. */
/* */
/* - FreeType detects that the FT_Face corresponds to one of the */
/* `trick' fonts (e.g., `Mingliu') it knows about. The font engine */
/* contains a hard-coded list of font names and other matching */
/* parameters (see function `tt_face_init' in file */
/* `src/truetype/ttobjs.c'). */
/* */
/* Here a sample code snippet for using FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING. */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Parameter parameter; */
/* FT_Open_Args open_args; */
/* */
/* */
/* parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING; */
/* */
/* open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS; */
/* open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname; */
/* open_args.num_params = 1; */
/* open_args.params = &parameter; */
/* */
/* error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face ); */
/* ... */
/* } */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH to compile the TrueType */
/* bytecode interpreter with a huge switch statement, rather than a call */
/* table. This results in smaller and faster code for a number of */
/* architectures. */
/* */
/* Note however that on some compiler/processor combinations, undefining */
/* this macro will generate faster, though larger, code. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED to compile the */
/* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle */
/* component offsets in composite glyphs. */
/* */
/* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets */
/* in composites. Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling */
/* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex) */
/* while MS says they should not. OpenType defines two bits in the */
/* composite flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old */
/* fonts will not have them. */
/* */
/* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/glyf.htm */
/* http://fonts.apple.com/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6glyf.html */
/* */
#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT if you want to include */
/* support for Apple's distortable font technology (fvar, gvar, cvar, */
/* and avar tables). This has many similarities to Type 1 Multiple */
/* Masters support. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF if you want to include support for */
/* an embedded `BDF ' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** T Y P E 1 D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH is the maximum depth of nest dictionaries and */
/* arrays in the Type 1 stream (see t1load.c). A minimum of 4 is */
/* required. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH 5
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine */
/* calls during glyph loading. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS 16
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity. A */
/* minimum of 16 is required. */
/* */
/* The Chinese font MingTiEG-Medium (CNS 11643 character set) needs 256. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS 256
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */
/* compilation of `t1afm', which is in charge of reading Type 1 AFM */
/* files into an existing face. Note that if set, the T1 driver will be */
/* unable to produce kerning distances. */
/* */
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */
/* compilation of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type 1 */
/* driver. */
/* */
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** A U T O F I T M O D U L E C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Compile autofit module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script */
/* support. */
/* */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Compile autofit module with Indic script support. */
/* */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Compile autofit module with warp hinting. The idea of the warping */
/* code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph within a single dimension */
/* so that as much of its segments are aligned (more or less) on the */
/* grid. To find out the optimal scaling and shifting value, various */
/* parameter combinations are tried and scored. */
/* */
/* This experimental option is only active if the render mode is */
/* FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT. */
/* */
/* #define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER */
/* */
/*
* Define this variable if you want to keep the layout of internal
* structures that was used prior to FreeType 2.2. This also compiles in
* a few obsolete functions to avoid linking problems on typical Unix
* distributions.
*
* For embedded systems or building a new distribution from scratch, it
* is recommended to disable the macro since it reduces the library's code
* size and activates a few memory-saving optimizations as well.
*/
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
/*
* To detect legacy cache-lookup call from a rogue client (<= 2.1.7),
* we restrict the number of charmaps in a font. The current API of
* FTC_CMapCache_Lookup() takes cmap_index & charcode, but old API
* takes charcode only. To determine the passed value is for cmap_index
* or charcode, the possible cmap_index is restricted not to exceed
* the minimum possible charcode by a rogue client. It is also very
* unlikely that a rogue client is interested in Unicode values 0 to 15.
*
* NOTE: The original threshold was 4 deduced from popular number of
* cmap subtables in UCS-4 TrueType fonts, but now it is not
* irregular for OpenType fonts to have more than 4 subtables,
* because variation selector subtables are available for Apple
* and Microsoft platforms.
*/
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
#define FT_MAX_CHARMAP_CACHEABLE 15
#endif
/*
* This macro is defined if either unpatented or native TrueType
* hinting is requested by the definitions above.
*/
#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
#elif defined TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#endif
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTOPTION_H__ */
/* END */

174
libs/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftstdlib.h */
/* */
/* ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification */
/* only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2007, 2009, 2011-2012 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file is used to group all #includes to the ANSI C library that */
/* FreeType normally requires. It also defines macros to rename the */
/* standard functions within the FreeType source code. */
/* */
/* Load a file which defines __FTSTDLIB_H__ before this one to override */
/* it. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTSTDLIB_H__
#define __FTSTDLIB_H__
#include <stddef.h>
#define ft_ptrdiff_t ptrdiff_t
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* integer limits */
/* */
/* UINT_MAX and ULONG_MAX are used to automatically compute the size */
/* of `int' and `long' in bytes at compile-time. So far, this works */
/* for all platforms the library has been tested on. */
/* */
/* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide */
/* integer types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32 bits wide (e.g. some */
/* old Crays where `int' is 36 bits), we do not make any guarantee */
/* about the correct behaviour of FT2 with all fonts. */
/* */
/* In these case, `ftconfig.h' will refuse to compile anyway with a */
/* message like `couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar. */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <limits.h>
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#define FT_USHORT_MAX USHRT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MAX INT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MIN INT_MIN
#define FT_UINT_MAX UINT_MAX
#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* character and string processing */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <string.h>
#define ft_memchr memchr
#define ft_memcmp memcmp
#define ft_memcpy memcpy
#define ft_memmove memmove
#define ft_memset memset
#define ft_strcat strcat
#define ft_strcmp strcmp
#define ft_strcpy strcpy
#define ft_strlen strlen
#define ft_strncmp strncmp
#define ft_strncpy strncpy
#define ft_strrchr strrchr
#define ft_strstr strstr
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* file handling */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <stdio.h>
#define FT_FILE FILE
#define ft_fclose fclose
#define ft_fopen fopen
#define ft_fread fread
#define ft_fseek fseek
#define ft_ftell ftell
#define ft_sprintf sprintf
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* sorting */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <stdlib.h>
#define ft_qsort qsort
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* memory allocation */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#define ft_scalloc calloc
#define ft_sfree free
#define ft_smalloc malloc
#define ft_srealloc realloc
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* miscellaneous */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#define ft_atol atol
#define ft_labs labs
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* execution control */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <setjmp.h>
#define ft_jmp_buf jmp_buf /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */
/* jmp_buf is defined as a macro */
/* on certain platforms */
#define ft_longjmp longjmp
#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(ft_jmp_buf*) &(b) ) /* same thing here */
/* the following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */
/* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE are defined */
#include <stdarg.h>
#endif /* __FTSTDLIB_H__ */
/* END */

3993
libs/include/freetype/freetype.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

179
libs/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftadvanc.h */
/* */
/* Quick computation of advance widths (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2008 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTADVANC_H__
#define __FTADVANC_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* quick_advance
*
* @title:
* Quick retrieval of advance values
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing
* glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @description:
* This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values
* without handling glyph outlines, if possible.
*/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Const> */
/* FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags' parameter of the */
/* @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions. */
/* */
/* If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the */
/* corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very */
/* quick advance computation. */
/* */
/* Typically, glyphs which are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, */
/* or light-hinted can have their advance width computed very */
/* quickly. */
/* */
/* Normal and bytecode hinted modes, which require loading, scaling, */
/* and hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by */
/* comparison. */
/* */
#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY 0x20000000UL
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Advance */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an */
/* @FT_Face. By default, the unhinted advance is returned in font */
/* units. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
/* */
/* gindex :: The glyph index. */
/* */
/* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
/* calling @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind */
/* of advances you need. */
/* <Output> */
/* padvance :: The advance value, in either font units or 16.16 */
/* format. */
/* */
/* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the */
/* vertical advance corresponding to a vertical layout. */
/* Otherwise, it is the horizontal advance in a */
/* horizontal layout. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
/* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
/* retrieve the advances. */
/* */
/* A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed */
/* by the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvance );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Advances */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an */
/* @FT_Face. By default, the unhinted advances are returned in font */
/* units. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
/* */
/* start :: The first glyph index. */
/* */
/* count :: The number of advance values you want to retrieve. */
/* */
/* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
/* calling @FT_Load_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* padvance :: The advances, in either font units or 16.16 format. */
/* This array must contain at least `count' elements. */
/* */
/* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the */
/* vertical advances corresponding to a vertical layout. */
/* Otherwise, they are the horizontal advances in a */
/* horizontal layout. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
/* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
/* retrieve the advances. */
/* */
/* Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't */
/* transformed by the affine transformation specified by */
/* @FT_Set_Transform. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt start,
FT_UInt count,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvances );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTADVANC_H__ */
/* END */

349
libs/include/freetype/ftautoh.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftautoh.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for controlling the auto-hinter (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2012 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTAUTOH_H__
#define __FTAUTOH_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* auto_hinter
*
* @title:
* The auto-hinter
*
* @abstract:
* Controlling the auto-hinting module.
*
* @description:
* While FreeType's auto-hinter doesn't expose API functions by itself,
* it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and
* @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties
* together with the necessary macros and structures.
*
* Note that the auto-hinter's module name is `autofitter' for
* historical reasons.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* glyph-to-script-map
*
* @description:
* The auto-hinter provides various script modules to hint glyphs.
* Examples of supported scripts are Latin or CJK. Before a glyph is
* auto-hinted, the Unicode character map of the font gets examined, and
* the script is then determined based on Unicode character ranges, see
* below.
*
* OpenType fonts, however, often provide much more glyphs than
* character codes (small caps, superscripts, ligatures, swashes, etc.),
* to be controlled by so-called `features'. Handling OpenType features
* can be quite complicated and thus needs a separate library on top of
* FreeType.
*
* The mapping between glyph indices and scripts (in the auto-hinter
* sense, see the @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX values) is stored as an
* array with `num_glyphs' elements, as found in the font's @FT_Face
* structure. The `glyph-to-script-map' property returns a pointer to
* this array which can be modified as needed. Note that the
* modification should happen before the first glyph gets processed by
* the auto-hinter so that the global analysis of the font shapes
* actually uses the modified mapping.
*
* The following example code demonstrates how to access it (omitting
* the error handling).
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Face face;
* FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap prop;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
* FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face );
*
* prop.face = face;
*
* FT_Property_Get( library, "autofitter",
* "glyph-to-script-map", &prop );
*
* // adjust `prop.map' as needed right here
*
* FT_Load_Glyph( face, ..., FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT );
* }
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of constants used for the @glyph-to-script-map property to
* specify the script submodule the auto-hinter should use for hinting a
* particular glyph.
*
* @values:
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE ::
* Don't auto-hint this glyph.
*
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN ::
* Apply the latin auto-hinter. For the auto-hinter, `latin' is a
* very broad term, including Cyrillic and Greek also since characters
* from those scripts share the same design constraints.
*
* By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
* assigned to this submodule.
*
* {
* U+0020 - U+007F // Basic Latin (no control characters)
* U+00A0 - U+00FF // Latin-1 Supplement (no control characters)
* U+0100 - U+017F // Latin Extended-A
* U+0180 - U+024F // Latin Extended-B
* U+0250 - U+02AF // IPA Extensions
* U+02B0 - U+02FF // Spacing Modifier Letters
* U+0300 - U+036F // Combining Diacritical Marks
* U+0370 - U+03FF // Greek and Coptic
* U+0400 - U+04FF // Cyrillic
* U+0500 - U+052F // Cyrillic Supplement
* U+1D00 - U+1D7F // Phonetic Extensions
* U+1D80 - U+1DBF // Phonetic Extensions Supplement
* U+1DC0 - U+1DFF // Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement
* U+1E00 - U+1EFF // Latin Extended Additional
* U+1F00 - U+1FFF // Greek Extended
* U+2000 - U+206F // General Punctuation
* U+2070 - U+209F // Superscripts and Subscripts
* U+20A0 - U+20CF // Currency Symbols
* U+2150 - U+218F // Number Forms
* U+2460 - U+24FF // Enclosed Alphanumerics
* U+2C60 - U+2C7F // Latin Extended-C
* U+2DE0 - U+2DFF // Cyrillic Extended-A
* U+2E00 - U+2E7F // Supplemental Punctuation
* U+A640 - U+A69F // Cyrillic Extended-B
* U+A720 - U+A7FF // Latin Extended-D
* U+FB00 - U+FB06 // Alphab. Present. Forms (Latin Ligatures)
* U+1D400 - U+1D7FF // Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols
* U+1F100 - U+1F1FF // Enclosed Alphanumeric Supplement
* }
*
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK ::
* Apply the CJK auto-hinter, covering Chinese, Japanese, Korean, old
* Vietnamese, and some other scripts.
*
* By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
* assigned to this submodule.
*
* {
* U+1100 - U+11FF // Hangul Jamo
* U+2E80 - U+2EFF // CJK Radicals Supplement
* U+2F00 - U+2FDF // Kangxi Radicals
* U+2FF0 - U+2FFF // Ideographic Description Characters
* U+3000 - U+303F // CJK Symbols and Punctuation
* U+3040 - U+309F // Hiragana
* U+30A0 - U+30FF // Katakana
* U+3100 - U+312F // Bopomofo
* U+3130 - U+318F // Hangul Compatibility Jamo
* U+3190 - U+319F // Kanbun
* U+31A0 - U+31BF // Bopomofo Extended
* U+31C0 - U+31EF // CJK Strokes
* U+31F0 - U+31FF // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
* U+3200 - U+32FF // Enclosed CJK Letters and Months
* U+3300 - U+33FF // CJK Compatibility
* U+3400 - U+4DBF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A
* U+4DC0 - U+4DFF // Yijing Hexagram Symbols
* U+4E00 - U+9FFF // CJK Unified Ideographs
* U+A960 - U+A97F // Hangul Jamo Extended-A
* U+AC00 - U+D7AF // Hangul Syllables
* U+D7B0 - U+D7FF // Hangul Jamo Extended-B
* U+F900 - U+FAFF // CJK Compatibility Ideographs
* U+FE10 - U+FE1F // Vertical forms
* U+FE30 - U+FE4F // CJK Compatibility Forms
* U+FF00 - U+FFEF // Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms
* U+1B000 - U+1B0FF // Kana Supplement
* U+1D300 - U+1D35F // Tai Xuan Hing Symbols
* U+1F200 - U+1F2FF // Enclosed Ideographic Supplement
* U+20000 - U+2A6DF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B
* U+2A700 - U+2B73F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension C
* U+2B740 - U+2B81F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension D
* U+2F800 - U+2FA1F // CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement
* }
*
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC ::
* Apply the indic auto-hinter, covering all major scripts from the
* Indian sub-continent and some other related scripts like Thai, Lao,
* or Tibetan.
*
* By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
* assigned to this submodule.
*
* {
* U+0900 - U+0DFF // Indic Range
* U+0F00 - U+0FFF // Tibetan
* U+1900 - U+194F // Limbu
* U+1B80 - U+1BBF // Sundanese
* U+1C80 - U+1CDF // Meetei Mayak
* U+A800 - U+A82F // Syloti Nagri
* U+11800 - U+118DF // Sharada
* }
*
* Note that currently Indic support is rudimentary only, missing blue
* zone support.
*
*/
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE 0
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN 1
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK 2
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC 3
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap
*
* @description:
* The data exchange structure for the @glyph-to-script-map property.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap_
{
FT_Face face;
FT_Byte* map;
} FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* fallback-script
*
* @description:
* If no auto-hinter script module can be assigned to a glyph, a
* fallback script gets assigned to it (see also the
* @glyph-to-script-map property). By default, this is
* @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK. Using the `fallback-script' property,
* this fallback value can be changed.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_UInt fallback_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
* "fallback-script", &fallback_script );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
* It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The
* creation of the glyph-to-script map which eventually uses the
* fallback script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a
* face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting
* any glyph from that face. In particular, if you have already created
* an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the
* auto-hinter), a change of the fallback glyph will affect this face.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* increase-x-height
*
* @description:
* For ppem values in the range 6~<= ppem <= `increase-x-height', round
* up the font's x~height much more often than normally. If the value
* is set to~0, which is the default, this feature is switched off. Use
* this property to improve the legibility of small font sizes if
* necessary.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Face face;
* FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight prop;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
* FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face );
* FT_Set_Char_Size( face, 10 * 64, 0, 72, 0 );
*
* prop.face = face;
* prop.limit = 14;
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
* "increase-x-height", &prop );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
* Set this value right after calling @FT_Set_Char_Size, but before
* loading any glyph (using the auto-hinter).
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight
*
* @description:
* The data exchange structure for the @increase-x-height property.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight_
{
FT_Face face;
FT_UInt limit;
} FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTAUTOH_H__ */
/* END */

102
libs/include/freetype/ftbbox.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbbox.h */
/* */
/* FreeType exact bbox computation (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2007, 2011 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */
/* boxes. */
/* */
/* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical */
/* reasons. It may well be integrated in `ftoutln' later. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTBBOX_H__
#define __FTBBOX_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* outline_processing */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Compute the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower */
/* than computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced */
/* algorithm which returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes */
/* coincide. Otherwise, the outline Bézier arcs are traversed to */
/* extract their extrema. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* abbox :: The outline's exact bounding box. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting BBox is meaningless. To get */
/* reasonable values for the BBox it is necessary to load the glyph */
/* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */
/* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the BBox */
/* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *abbox );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTBBOX_H__ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

209
libs/include/freetype/ftbdf.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbdf.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTBDF_H__
#define __FTBDF_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bdf_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* BDF and PCF Files */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* BDF and PCF specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF */
/* and PCF fonts. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PropertyType
*
* @description:
* A list of BDF property types.
*
* @values:
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE ::
* Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM ::
* Property is a string atom.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER ::
* Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL ::
* Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
*/
typedef enum BDF_PropertyType_
{
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE = 0,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM = 1,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER = 2,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3
} BDF_PropertyType;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @type:
* BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given
* BDF/PCF property.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_* BDF_Property;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* BDF_PropertyRec
*
* @description:
* This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
*
* @fields:
* type ::
* The property type.
*
* u.atom ::
* The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM.
*
* u.integer ::
* A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
*
* u.cardinal ::
* An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_
{
BDF_PropertyType type;
union {
const char* atom;
FT_Int32 integer;
FT_UInt32 cardinal;
} u;
} BDF_PropertyRec;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to
* the BDF specification.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* acharset_encoding ::
* Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* acharset_registry ::
* Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face face,
const char* *acharset_encoding,
const char* *acharset_registry );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* name :: The property name.
*
* @output:
* aproperty :: The property.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts. It returns an error
* otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the
* font.
*
* A `property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES
* ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the
* `info->props' array within a `FontRec' structure of a PCF font.
*
* Integer properties are always stored as `signed' within PCF fonts;
* consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value
* for BDF fonts only.
*
* In case of error, `aproperty->type' is always set to
* @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face face,
const char* prop_name,
BDF_PropertyRec *aproperty );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTBDF_H__ */
/* END */

227
libs/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbitmap.h */
/* */
/* FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTBITMAP_H__
#define __FTBITMAP_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bitmap_handling */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Bitmap Handling */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Handling FT_Bitmap objects. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains functions for converting FT_Bitmap objects. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_New */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* abitmap :: A pointer to the bitmap structure. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Copy a bitmap into another one. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* source :: A handle to the source bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target);
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Embolden */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about `xStrength' */
/* pixels wider and `yStrength' pixels higher. The left and bottom */
/* borders are kept unchanged. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* xStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. */
/* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* yStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. */
/* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* bitmap :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The current implementation restricts `xStrength' to be less than */
/* or equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. */
/* */
/* If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec, */
/* you should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap* bitmap,
FT_Pos xStrength,
FT_Pos yStrength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Convert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, or 8bpp to a */
/* bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used bytes per */
/* line (a.k.a. the `pitch') a multiple of `alignment'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* source :: The source bitmap. */
/* */
/* alignment :: The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this */
/* parameter. Common values are 1, 2, or 4. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: The target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without */
/* calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated). */
/* */
/* Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object. */
/* */
/* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
/* memory handling functions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target,
FT_Int alignment );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* slot :: The glyph slot. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function is to be used in combination with */
/* @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Done */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy a bitmap object created with @FT_Bitmap_New. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* bitmap :: The bitmap object to be freed. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
/* memory handling functions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap *bitmap );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTBITMAP_H__ */
/* END */

102
libs/include/freetype/ftbzip2.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbzip2.h */
/* */
/* Bzip2-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2010 by */
/* Joel Klinghed. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTBZIP2_H__
#define __FTBZIP2_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bzip2 */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* BZIP2 Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using bzip2-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Bzip2-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenBzip2
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse bzip2-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.bz2' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
*
* In certain builds of the library, bzip2 compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a bzip2 compressed stream
* from it and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with bzip2 support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenBzip2( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTBZIP2_H__ */
/* END */

1140
libs/include/freetype/ftcache.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

150
libs/include/freetype/ftcffdrv.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftcffdrv.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for controlling the CFF driver (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2013 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTCFFDRV_H__
#define __FTCFFDRV_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* cff_driver
*
* @title:
* The CFF driver
*
* @abstract:
* Controlling the CFF driver module.
*
* @description:
* While FreeType's CFF driver doesn't expose API functions by itself,
* it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and
* @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties
* together with the necessary macros and structures.
*
* The CFF driver's module name is `cff'.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* hinting-engine
*
* @description:
* Thanks to Adobe, which contributed a new hinting (and parsing)
* engine, an application can select between `freetype' and `adobe'.
*
* Right now, the default engine is `freetype'. However, this will
* change: After a certain time of intensive testing it is planned to
* make `adobe' the default due to its superior rendering results.
*
* The following example code demonstrates how to select Adobe's hinting
* engine (omitting the error handling).
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Face face;
* FT_UInt hinting_engine = FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "cff",
* "hinting-engine", &hinting_engine );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_CFF_HINTING_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of constants used for the @hinting-engine property to select
* the hinting engine for CFF fonts.
*
* @values:
* FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE ::
* Use the old FreeType hinting engine.
*
* FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE ::
* Use the hinting engine contributed by Adobe.
*
*/
#define FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE 0
#define FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE 1
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* no-stem-darkening
*
* @description:
* By default, the Adobe CFF engine darkens stems at smaller sizes,
* regardless of hinting, to enhance contrast. Setting this property,
* stem darkening gets switched off.
*
* Note that stem darkening is never applied if @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE is set.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Face face;
* FT_Bool no_stem_darkening = TRUE;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "cff",
* "no-stem-darkening", &no_stem_darkening );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
*/
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTCFFDRV_H__ */
/* END */

132
libs/include/freetype/ftchapters.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference. */
/* It is used by the python script which generates the HTML files. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* general_remarks */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* General Remarks */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* user_allocation */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* core_api */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Core API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* version */
/* basic_types */
/* base_interface */
/* glyph_variants */
/* glyph_management */
/* mac_specific */
/* sizes_management */
/* header_file_macros */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* format_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Format-Specific API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* multiple_masters */
/* truetype_tables */
/* type1_tables */
/* sfnt_names */
/* bdf_fonts */
/* cid_fonts */
/* pfr_fonts */
/* winfnt_fonts */
/* font_formats */
/* gasp_table */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* auto_hinter */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* The Auto-Hinter */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* auto_hinter */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* cff_driver */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* The CFF Driver */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* cff_driver */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* cache_subsystem */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Cache Sub-System */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* cache_subsystem */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* support_api */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Support API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* computations */
/* list_processing */
/* outline_processing */
/* quick_advance */
/* bitmap_handling */
/* raster */
/* glyph_stroker */
/* system_interface */
/* module_management */
/* gzip */
/* lzw */
/* bzip2 */
/* lcd_filtering */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/

166
libs/include/freetype/ftcid.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftcid.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2007, 2009 by Dereg Clegg, Michael Toftdal. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTCID_H__
#define __FTCID_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* cid_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* CID Fonts */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* CID-keyed font specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font specific */
/* functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the
* "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* registry ::
* The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* ordering ::
* The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* supplement ::
* The supplement.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.6
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face face,
const char* *registry,
const char* *ordering,
FT_Int *supplement);
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not. In
* constrast to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns
* successfully also for CID-keyed fonts in an SNFT wrapper.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* is_cid ::
* The type of the face as an @FT_Bool.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
* returning an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face face,
FT_Bool *is_cid );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* glyph_index ::
* The input glyph index.
*
* @output:
* cid ::
* The CID as an @FT_UInt.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
* returning an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_UInt *cid );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTCID_H__ */
/* END */

249
libs/include/freetype/fterrdef.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fterrdef.h */
/* */
/* FreeType error codes (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2010-2013 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** LIST OF ERROR CODES/MESSAGES *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/* You need to define both FT_ERRORDEF_ and FT_NOERRORDEF_ before */
/* including this file. */
/* generic errors */
FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok, 0x00, \
"no error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource, 0x01, \
"cannot open resource" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format, 0x02, \
"unknown file format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format, 0x03, \
"broken file" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version, 0x04, \
"invalid FreeType version" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version, 0x05, \
"module version is too low" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument, 0x06, \
"invalid argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature, 0x07, \
"unimplemented feature" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table, 0x08, \
"broken table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset, 0x09, \
"broken offset within table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large, 0x0A, \
"array allocation size too large" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Module, 0x0B, \
"missing module" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Property, 0x0C, \
"missing property" )
/* glyph/character errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index, 0x10, \
"invalid glyph index" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code, 0x11, \
"invalid character code" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format, 0x12, \
"unsupported glyph image format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph, 0x13, \
"cannot render this glyph format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline, 0x14, \
"invalid outline" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite, 0x15, \
"invalid composite glyph" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints, 0x16, \
"too many hints" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size, 0x17, \
"invalid pixel size" )
/* handle errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle, 0x20, \
"invalid object handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle, 0x21, \
"invalid library handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle, 0x22, \
"invalid module handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle, 0x23, \
"invalid face handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle, 0x24, \
"invalid size handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle, 0x25, \
"invalid glyph slot handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle, 0x26, \
"invalid charmap handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle, 0x27, \
"invalid cache manager handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle, 0x28, \
"invalid stream handle" )
/* driver errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers, 0x30, \
"too many modules" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions, 0x31, \
"too many extensions" )
/* memory errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory, 0x40, \
"out of memory" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object, 0x41, \
"unlisted object" )
/* stream errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream, 0x51, \
"cannot open stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek, 0x52, \
"invalid stream seek" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip, 0x53, \
"invalid stream skip" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read, 0x54, \
"invalid stream read" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation, 0x55, \
"invalid stream operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation, 0x56, \
"invalid frame operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access, 0x57, \
"nested frame access" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read, 0x58, \
"invalid frame read" )
/* raster errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized, 0x60, \
"raster uninitialized" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted, 0x61, \
"raster corrupted" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow, 0x62, \
"raster overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height, 0x63, \
"negative height while rastering" )
/* cache errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches, 0x70, \
"too many registered caches" )
/* TrueType and SFNT errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode, 0x80, \
"invalid opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments, 0x81, \
"too few arguments" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow, 0x82, \
"stack overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow, 0x83, \
"code overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument, 0x84, \
"bad argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero, 0x85, \
"division by zero" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference, 0x86, \
"invalid reference" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode, 0x87, \
"found debug opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream, 0x88, \
"found ENDF opcode in execution stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS, 0x89, \
"nested DEFS" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange, 0x8A, \
"invalid code range" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long, 0x8B, \
"execution context too long" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs, 0x8C, \
"too many function definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs, 0x8D, \
"too many instruction definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing, 0x8E, \
"SFNT font table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing, 0x8F, \
"horizontal header (hhea) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing, 0x90, \
"locations (loca) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing, 0x91, \
"name table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing, 0x92, \
"character map (cmap) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing, 0x93, \
"horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing, 0x94, \
"PostScript (post) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics, 0x95, \
"invalid horizontal metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format, 0x96, \
"invalid character map (cmap) format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem, 0x97, \
"invalid ppem value" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics, 0x98, \
"invalid vertical metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context, 0x99, \
"could not find context" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format, 0x9A, \
"invalid PostScript (post) table format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table, 0x9B, \
"invalid PostScript (post) table" )
/* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error, 0xA0, \
"opcode syntax error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow, 0xA1, \
"argument stack underflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore, 0xA2, \
"ignore" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( No_Unicode_Glyph_Name, 0xA3, \
"no Unicode glyph name found" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Glyph_Too_Big, 0xA4, \
"glyph to big for hinting" )
/* BDF errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field, 0xB0, \
"`STARTFONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field, 0xB1, \
"`FONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field, 0xB2, \
"`SIZE' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Fontboundingbox_Field, 0xB3, \
"`FONTBOUNDINGBOX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field, 0xB4, \
"`CHARS' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field, 0xB5, \
"`STARTCHAR' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field, 0xB6, \
"`ENCODING' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field, 0xB7, \
"`BBX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big, 0xB8, \
"`BBX' too big" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header, 0xB9, \
"Font header corrupted or missing fields" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs, 0xBA, \
"Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" )
/* END */

198
libs/include/freetype/fterrors.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fterrors.h */
/* */
/* FreeType error code handling (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2002, 2004, 2007, 2013 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This special header file is used to define the handling of FT2 */
/* enumeration constants. It can also be used to generate error message */
/* strings with a small macro trick explained below. */
/* */
/* I - Error Formats */
/* ----------------- */
/* */
/* The configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS can be */
/* defined in ftoption.h in order to make the higher byte indicate */
/* the module where the error has happened (this is not compatible */
/* with standard builds of FreeType 2). See the file `ftmoderr.h' for */
/* more details. */
/* */
/* */
/* II - Error Message strings */
/* -------------------------- */
/* */
/* The error definitions below are made through special macros that */
/* allow client applications to build a table of error message strings */
/* if they need it. The strings are not included in a normal build of */
/* FreeType 2 to save space (most client applications do not use */
/* them). */
/* */
/* To do so, you have to define the following macros before including */
/* this file: */
/* */
/* FT_ERROR_START_LIST :: */
/* This macro is called before anything else to define the start of */
/* the error list. It is followed by several FT_ERROR_DEF calls */
/* (see below). */
/* */
/* FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s ) :: */
/* This macro is called to define one single error. */
/* `e' is the error code identifier (e.g. FT_Err_Invalid_Argument). */
/* `v' is the error numerical value. */
/* `s' is the corresponding error string. */
/* */
/* FT_ERROR_END_LIST :: */
/* This macro ends the list. */
/* */
/* Additionally, you have to undefine __FTERRORS_H__ before #including */
/* this file. */
/* */
/* Here is a simple example: */
/* */
/* { */
/* #undef __FTERRORS_H__ */
/* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) { e, s }, */
/* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST { */
/* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */
/* */
/* const struct */
/* { */
/* int err_code; */
/* const char* err_msg; */
/* } ft_errors[] = */
/* */
/* #include FT_ERRORS_H */
/* } */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTERRORS_H__
#define __FTERRORS_H__
/* include module base error codes */
#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */
/* By default, we use `FT_Err_'. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#define FT_ERR_PREFIX FT_Err_
#endif
/* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE FT_Mod_Err_Base
#endif
#else
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE 0
#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */
/* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */
/* enumeration type. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF
#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) e = v,
#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */
/* this macro is used to define an error */
#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s )
/* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */
#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s )
#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#endif
/* now include the error codes */
#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H
#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SIMPLE CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#undef FT_ERRORDEF
#undef FT_ERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is needed internally */
#ifndef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#endif
#endif /* __FTERRORS_H__ */
/* END */

128
libs/include/freetype/ftgasp.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgasp.h */
/* */
/* Access of TrueType's `gasp' table (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2007, 2008, 2011 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef _FT_GASP_H_
#define _FT_GASP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* gasp_table
*
* @title:
* Gasp Table
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieving TrueType `gasp' table entries.
*
* @description:
* The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType
* font for specific entries in its `gasp' table, if any. This is
* mainly useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the
* bytecode interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.
*/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_GASP_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp
* function.
*
* @values:
* FT_GASP_NO_TABLE ::
* This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face.
* It is up to the client to decide what to do.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem.
* This *really* means TrueType bytecode interpretation. If this bit
* is not set, no hinting gets applied.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRAY ::
* Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.
* If not set, do monochrome rendering.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING ::
* If set, smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.
*
* @note:
* The bit-flags `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are to be
* used for standard font rasterization only. Independently of that,
* `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING' and `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT' are to
* be used if ClearType is enabled (and `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and
* `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are consequently ignored).
*
* `ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly
* protected by patents.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE -1
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT 0x01
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY 0x02
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING 0x08
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT 0x10
/*************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Get_Gasp
*
* @description:
* Read the `gasp' table from a TrueType or OpenType font file and
* return the entry corresponding to a given character pixel size.
*
* @input:
* face :: The source face handle.
* ppem :: The vertical character pixel size.
*
* @return:
* Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no
* `gasp' table in the face.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt ppem );
/* */
#endif /* _FT_GASP_H_ */
/* END */

620
libs/include/freetype/ftglyph.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,620 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftglyph.h */
/* */
/* FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2003, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2011 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions */
/* that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph */
/* bitmaps and outlines from a given face. */
/* */
/* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server */
/* or text layout engine on top of FreeType. However, they are pretty */
/* handy for many other simple uses of the library. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTGLYPH_H__
#define __FTGLYPH_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* glyph_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Glyph Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Generic interface to manage individual glyph data. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data */
/* through generic FT_Glyph objects. Each of them can contain a */
/* bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* forward declaration to a private type */
typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_ FT_Glyph_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images. It is a */
/* pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph */
/* bitmap or pointer. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Glyph objects are not owned by the library. You must thus release */
/* them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling */
/* @FT_Done_FreeType. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_* FT_Glyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_GlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its */
/* advance width in 16.16 fixed-point format. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* library :: A handle to the FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* clazz :: A pointer to the glyph's class. Private. */
/* */
/* format :: The format of the glyph's image. */
/* */
/* advance :: A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_
{
FT_Library library;
const FT_Glyph_Class* clazz;
FT_Glyph_Format format;
FT_Vector advance;
} FT_GlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_BitmapGlyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image. This is */
/* a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_* FT_BitmapGlyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_BitmapGlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used for bitmap glyph images. This really is a */
/* `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
/* */
/* left :: The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance */
/* from the current pen position to the left border of the */
/* glyph bitmap. */
/* */
/* top :: The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from */
/* the current pen position to the top border of the glyph */
/* bitmap. This distance is positive for upwards~y! */
/* */
/* bitmap :: A descriptor for the bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have */
/* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP'. This lets you access */
/* the bitmap's contents easily. */
/* */
/* The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph */
/* and is thus created and destroyed with it. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Int left;
FT_Int top;
FT_Bitmap bitmap;
} FT_BitmapGlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_OutlineGlyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image. This */
/* is a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_* FT_OutlineGlyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_OutlineGlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images. This */
/* really is a `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
/* */
/* outline :: A descriptor for the outline. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have */
/* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE'. This lets you access */
/* the outline's content easily. */
/* */
/* As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are */
/* expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in @FT_Load_Glyph() or @FT_Load_Char(). */
/* */
/* The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are */
/* destroyed with it. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Outline outline;
} FT_OutlineGlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot. Note that */
/* the created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* slot :: A handle to the source glyph slot. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aglyph :: A handle to the glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Glyph *aglyph );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to copy a glyph image. Note that the created */
/* @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* source :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target glyph object. 0~in case of */
/* error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph *target );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Transform */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply. */
/* */
/* delta :: A pointer to a 2d vector to apply. Coordinates are */
/* expressed in 1/64th of a pixel. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable). */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's */
/* advance vector. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_Matrix* matrix,
FT_Vector* delta );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED :: */
/* Return unscaled font units. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS :: */
/* Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT :: */
/* Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE :: */
/* Return coordinates in integer pixels. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS :: */
/* Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates. */
/* */
typedef enum FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_
{
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT = 1,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE = 2,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS = 3
} FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* ft_glyph_bbox_xxx */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* These constants are deprecated. Use the corresponding */
/* @FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode values instead. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED. */
/* ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS. */
/* ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT. */
/* ft_glyph_bbox_truncate :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */
/* ft_glyph_bbox_pixels :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */
/* */
#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Get_CBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a glyph's `control box'. The control box encloses all the */
/* outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */
/* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
/* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
/* which contains Bézier outside arcs). */
/* */
/* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
/* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
/* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
/* `ftbbox' component which is dedicated to this single task. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
/* */
/* mode :: The mode which indicates how to interpret the returned */
/* bounding box values. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* acbox :: The glyph coordinate bounding box. Coordinates are */
/* expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards */
/* convention. */
/* */
/* If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode' */
/* must be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font */
/* units in 26.6 pixel format. The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS */
/* is another name for this constant. */
/* */
/* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting CBox is meaningless. To get */
/* reasonable values for the CBox it is necessary to load the glyph */
/* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */
/* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the CBox */
/* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */
/* */
/* Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that */
/* one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in */
/* integer or 26.6 pixels) as: */
/* */
/* { */
/* width = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin; */
/* height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin; */
/* } */
/* */
/* Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode' is set to */
/* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted, */
/* which corresponds to: */
/* */
/* { */
/* bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin); */
/* bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin); */
/* bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax); */
/* bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax); */
/* } */
/* */
/* To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' to */
/* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */
/* */
/* To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' */
/* to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_UInt bbox_mode,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* the_glyph :: A pointer to a handle to the target glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* render_mode :: An enumeration that describes how the data is */
/* rendered. */
/* */
/* origin :: A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph */
/* image before rendering. Can be~0 (if no */
/* translation). The origin is expressed in */
/* 26.6 pixels. */
/* */
/* destroy :: A boolean that indicates that the original glyph */
/* image should be destroyed by this function. It is */
/* never destroyed in case of error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable. */
/* */
/* The glyph image is translated with the `origin' vector before */
/* rendering. */
/* */
/* The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will */
/* be _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data). */
/* Typically, you would use (omitting error handling): */
/* */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph glyph; */
/* FT_BitmapGlyph glyph_bitmap; */
/* */
/* */
/* // load glyph */
/* error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAUT ); */
/* */
/* // extract glyph image */
/* error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph ); */
/* */
/* // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old) */
/* if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP ) */
/* { */
/* error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL, */
/* 0, 1 ); */
/* if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged */
/* ... */
/* } */
/* */
/* // access bitmap content by typecasting */
/* glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph; */
/* */
/* // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing */
/* ... */
/* */
/* // discard glyph image (bitmap or not) */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( glyph ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* */
/* Here another example, again without error handling: */
/* */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS] */
/* */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) || */
/* FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyph[idx] ); */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph bitmap = glyphs[idx]; */
/* */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into */
/* // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed) */
/* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 ); */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph* the_glyph,
FT_Render_Mode render_mode,
FT_Vector* origin,
FT_Bool destroy );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy a given glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph glyph );
/* */
/* other helpful functions */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* computations */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Matrix_Multiply */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* a :: A pointer to matrix `a'. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* b :: A pointer to matrix `b'. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The result is undefined if either `a' or `b' is zero. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix* a,
FT_Matrix* b );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Matrix_Invert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Invert a 2x2 matrix. Return an error if it can't be inverted. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to the target matrix. Remains untouched in */
/* case of error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix* matrix );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTGLYPH_H__ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

358
libs/include/freetype/ftgxval.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgxval.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006 by */
/* Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K, */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module. */
/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology */
/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTGXVAL_H__
#define __FTGXVAL_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* gx_validation */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
/* some TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, */
/* trak, prop, lcar). */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* */
/* Warning: Use FT_VALIDATE_XXX to validate a table. */
/* Following definitions are for gxvalid developers. */
/* */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX 0
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX 1
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX 2
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX 3
#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX 4
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX 5
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX 6
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX 7
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX 8
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX 9
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
*
* @description:
* The number of tables checked in this module. Use it as a parameter
* for the `table-length' argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH (FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1)
/* */
/* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid.
Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag ) \
( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to
* indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_feat ::
* Validate `feat' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_mort ::
* Validate `mort' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_morx ::
* Validate `morx' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_bsln ::
* Validate `bsln' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_just ::
* Validate `just' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_kern ::
* Validate `kern' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_opbd ::
* Validate `opbd' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_trak ::
* Validate `trak' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_prop ::
* Validate `prop' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_lcar ::
* Validate `lcar' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GX ::
* Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern,
* opbd, trak, prop and lcar).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )
#define FT_VALIDATE_just FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \
FT_VALIDATE_mort | \
FT_VALIDATE_morx | \
FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \
FT_VALIDATE_just | \
FT_VALIDATE_kern | \
FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \
FT_VALIDATE_trak | \
FT_VALIDATE_prop | \
FT_VALIDATE_lcar )
/* */
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without
* error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.
*
* table_length ::
* The size of the `tables' array. Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
* should be passed.
*
* @output:
* tables ::
* The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored.
* The array itself must be allocated by a client.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* each `tables' element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free. A NULL value
* indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the
* application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have
* the ability to validate the sfnt table.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
FT_UInt table_length );
/* */
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer allocated by
* @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate
* to indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects. If the selected
* type doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as
* invalid.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_MS ::
* Handle the `kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ::
* Handle the `kern' table as a classic Apple kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ::
* Handle the `kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_MS ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )
/* */
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the offsets
* and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
* checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* The `kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both
* the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field which specifies the dialect to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* ckern_table ::
* A pointer to the kern table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* `ckern_table', by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free. A NULL value
* indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *ckern_table );
/* */
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTGXVAL_H__ */
/* END */

102
libs/include/freetype/ftgzip.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgzip.h */
/* */
/* Gzip-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTGZIP_H__
#define __FTGZIP_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* gzip */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* GZIP Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using gzip-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenGzip
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
*
* In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from
* it and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTGZIP_H__ */
/* END */

1313
libs/include/freetype/ftimage.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

353
libs/include/freetype/ftincrem.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftincrem.h */
/* */
/* FreeType incremental loading (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTINCREM_H__
#define __FTINCREM_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* incremental
*
* @title:
* Incremental Loading
*
* @abstract:
* Custom Glyph Loading.
*
* @description:
* This section contains various functions used to perform so-called
* `incremental' glyph loading. This is a mode where all glyphs loaded
* from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application,
*
* Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font
* file. This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another
* engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor.
*
* To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an
* @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an
* @FT_Incremental_Interface value. See the comments for
* @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.
*
*/
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental
*
* @description:
* An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement
* `incremental' glyph loading within FreeType. This is used to support
* embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript interpreters),
* where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be overridden by
* different values.
*
* @note:
* It is up to client applications to create and implement @FT_Incremental
* objects, as long as they provide implementations for the methods
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc, @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
* and @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
* See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how
* to use incremental objects with FreeType.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_* FT_Incremental;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_MetricsRec
*
* @description:
* A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned
* by the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.
*
* @fields:
* bearing_x ::
* Left bearing, in font units.
*
* bearing_y ::
* Top bearing, in font units.
*
* advance ::
* Horizontal component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* advance_v ::
* Vertical component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* @note:
* These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the
* value of the `vertical' argument to the function
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_
{
FT_Long bearing_x;
FT_Long bearing_y;
FT_Long advance;
FT_Long advance_v; /* since 2.3.12 */
} FT_Incremental_MetricsRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_Metrics
*
* @description:
* A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_* FT_Incremental_Metrics;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes
* during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is
* enabled.
*
* Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font
* file format. For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within
* the `glyf' table. For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the
* *unencrypted* charstring bytes, without any `lenIV' header. It is
* undefined for any other format.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* @output:
* adata ::
* A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be
* accessed as a read-only byte block).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If this function returns successfully the method
* @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release
* the data bytes.
*
* Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for
* compound glyphs.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Data* adata );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a
* successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* data ::
* A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed
* as a read-only byte block).
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_Data* data );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index
* before accessing its data. This is necessary because, in certain
* formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place from
* the glyph images proper.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* vertical ::
* If true, return vertical metrics.
*
* ametrics ::
* This parameter is used for both input and output.
* The original glyph metrics, if any, in font units. If metrics are
* not available all the values must be set to zero.
*
* @output:
* ametrics ::
* The replacement glyph metrics in font units.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)
( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Bool vertical,
FT_Incremental_MetricsRec *ametrics );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_FuncsRec
*
* @description:
* A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data
* incrementally. Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.
*
* @fields:
* get_glyph_data ::
* The function to get glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* free_glyph_data ::
* The function to release glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* get_glyph_metrics ::
* The function to get glyph metrics. May be null if the font does
* not provide overriding glyph metrics.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_
{
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc get_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc free_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc get_glyph_metrics;
} FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
*
* @description:
* A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user
* wants to support incremental glyph loading. You should use it with
* @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:
*
* {
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec inc_int;
* FT_Parameter parameter;
* FT_Open_Args open_args;
*
*
* // set up incremental descriptor
* inc_int.funcs = my_funcs;
* inc_int.object = my_object;
*
* // set up optional parameter
* parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;
* parameter.data = &inc_int;
*
* // set up FT_Open_Args structure
* open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
* open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname;
* open_args.num_params = 1;
* open_args.params = &parameter; // we use one optional argument
*
* // open the font
* error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );
* ...
* }
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_
{
const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec* funcs;
FT_Incremental object;
} FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_Interface
*
* @description:
* A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.
*
*/
typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec* FT_Incremental_Interface;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to indicate
* an incremental loading object to be used by FreeType.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTINCREM_H__ */
/* END */

251
libs/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlcdfil.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs */
/* (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__
#define __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* lcd_filtering
*
* @title:
* LCD Filtering
*
* @abstract:
* Reduce color fringes of LCD-optimized bitmaps.
*
* @description:
* The @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter API can be used to specify a low-pass
* filter which is then applied to LCD-optimized bitmaps generated
* through @FT_Render_Glyph. This is useful to reduce color fringes
* which would occur with unfiltered rendering.
*
* Note that no filter is active by default, and that this function is
* *not* implemented in default builds of the library. You need to
* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your `ftoption.h' file
* in order to activate it.
*
* FreeType generates alpha coverage maps, which are linear by nature.
* For instance, the value 0x80 in bitmap representation means that
* (within numerical precision) 0x80/0xff fraction of that pixel is
* covered by the glyph's outline. The blending function for placing
* text over a background is
*
* {
* dst = alpha * src + (1 - alpha) * dst ,
* }
*
* which is known as OVER. However, when calculating the output of the
* OVER operator, the source colors should first be transformed to a
* linear color space, then alpha blended in that space, and transformed
* back to the output color space.
*
* When linear light blending is used, the default FIR5 filtering
* weights (as given by FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT) are no longer optimal, as
* they have been designed for black on white rendering while lacking
* gamma correction. To preserve color neutrality, weights for a FIR5
* filter should be chosen according to two free parameters `a' and `c',
* and the FIR weights should be
*
* {
* [a - c, a + c, 2 * a, a + c, a - c] .
* }
*
* This formula generates equal weights for all the color primaries
* across the filter kernel, which makes it colorless. One suggested
* set of weights is
*
* {
* [0x10, 0x50, 0x60, 0x50, 0x10] ,
* }
*
* where `a' has value 0x30 and `b' value 0x20. The weights in filter
* may have a sum larger than 0x100, which increases coloration slightly
* but also improves contrast.
*/
/****************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_LcdFilter
*
* @description:
* A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.
*
* @values:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE ::
* Do not perform filtering. When used with subpixel rendering, this
* results in sometimes severe color fringes.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT ::
* The default filter reduces color fringes considerably, at the cost
* of a slight blurriness in the output.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT ::
* The light filter is a variant that produces less blurriness at the
* cost of slightly more color fringes than the default one. It might
* be better, depending on taste, your monitor, or your personal vision.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY ::
* This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter. It
* provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color
* fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid.
* In other words, it only works well if the TrueType bytecode
* interpreter is enabled *and* high-quality hinted fonts are used.
*
* This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be
* disabled or stay unsupported in the future.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
typedef enum FT_LcdFilter_
{
FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE = 0,
FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT = 2,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY = 16,
FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX /* do not remove */
} FT_LcdFilter;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
*
* @description:
* This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated
* bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with
* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* filter ::
* The filter type.
*
* You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work
* well on most LCD screens.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This feature is always disabled by default. Clients must make an
* explicit call to this function with a `filter' value other than
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it.
*
* Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
* do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
* configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
* defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
* default builds of FreeType.
*
* The filter affects glyph bitmaps rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph,
* @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap, @FT_Load_Glyph, and @FT_Load_Char.
*
* It does _not_ affect the output of @FT_Outline_Render and
* @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.
*
* If this feature is activated, the dimensions of LCD glyph bitmaps are
* either larger or taller than the dimensions of the corresponding
* outline with regards to the pixel grid. For example, for
* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds up to 3~pixels to the left, and
* up to 3~pixels to the right.
*
* The bitmap offset values are adjusted correctly, so clients shouldn't
* need to modify their layout and glyph positioning code when enabling
* the filter.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library library,
FT_LcdFilter filter );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights
*
* @description:
* Use this function to override the filter weights selected by
* @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter. By default, FreeType uses the quintuple
* (0x00, 0x55, 0x56, 0x55, 0x00) for FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT, and (0x10,
* 0x40, 0x70, 0x40, 0x10) for FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT and
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* weights ::
* A pointer to an array; the function copies the first five bytes and
* uses them to specify the filter weights.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
* do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
* configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
* defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
* default builds of FreeType.
*
* This function must be called after @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter to have
* any effect.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights( FT_Library library,
unsigned char *weights );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__ */
/* END */

277
libs/include/freetype/ftlist.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlist.h */
/* */
/* Generic list support for FreeType (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2007, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file implements functions relative to list processing. Its */
/* data structures are defined in `freetype.h'. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTLIST_H__
#define __FTLIST_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* list_processing */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* List Processing */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Simple management of lists. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains various definitions related to list */
/* processing using doubly-linked nodes. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_List */
/* FT_ListNode */
/* FT_ListRec */
/* FT_ListNodeRec */
/* */
/* FT_List_Add */
/* FT_List_Insert */
/* FT_List_Find */
/* FT_List_Remove */
/* FT_List_Up */
/* FT_List_Iterate */
/* FT_List_Iterator */
/* FT_List_Finalize */
/* FT_List_Destructor */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Find */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Find the list node for a given listed object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* data :: The address of the listed object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* List node. NULL if it wasn't found. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )
FT_List_Find( FT_List list,
void* data );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Add */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Append an element to the end of a list. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* node :: The node to append. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Add( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Insert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Insert an element at the head of a list. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to parent list. */
/* node :: The node to insert. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Insert( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Remove */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Remove a node from a list. This function doesn't check whether */
/* the node is in the list! */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* node :: The node to remove. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Remove( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Up */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Move a node to the head/top of a list. Used to maintain LRU */
/* lists. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* node :: The node to move. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Up( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_List_Iterator */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An FT_List iterator function which is called during a list parse */
/* by @FT_List_Iterate. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* node :: The current iteration list node. */
/* */
/* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. */
/* Can be used to point to the iteration's state. */
/* */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode node,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Iterate */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element. */
/* Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls */
/* returns a non-zero value. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A handle to the list. */
/* iterator :: An iterator function, called on each node of the list. */
/* user :: A user-supplied field which is passed as the second */
/* argument to the iterator. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_List_Iterate( FT_List list,
FT_List_Iterator iterator,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_List_Destructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An @FT_List iterator function which is called during a list */
/* finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a */
/* given list. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* system :: The current system object. */
/* */
/* data :: The current object to destroy. */
/* */
/* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. It can */
/* be used to point to the iteration's state. */
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory memory,
void* data,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Finalize */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A handle to the list. */
/* */
/* destroy :: A list destructor that will be applied to each element */
/* of the list. */
/* */
/* memory :: The current memory object which handles deallocation. */
/* */
/* user :: A user-supplied field which is passed as the last */
/* argument to the destructor. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function expects that all nodes added by @FT_List_Add or */
/* @FT_List_Insert have been dynamically allocated. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Finalize( FT_List list,
FT_List_Destructor destroy,
FT_Memory memory,
void* user );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTLIST_H__ */
/* END */

99
libs/include/freetype/ftlzw.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlzw.h */
/* */
/* LZW-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004, 2006 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTLZW_H__
#define __FTLZW_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* lzw */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* LZW Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using LZW-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenLZW
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream :: The target embedding stream.
*
* source :: The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream
*
* In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it
* and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTLZW_H__ */
/* END */

274
libs/include/freetype/ftmac.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmac.h */
/* */
/* Additional Mac-specific API. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2006, 2007 by */
/* Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* NOTE: Include this file after <freetype/freetype.h> and after any */
/* Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as */
/* Handle, FSSpec, FSRef, etc.) */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTMAC_H__
#define __FTMAC_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* gcc-3.4.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */
#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#if defined(__GNUC__) && \
((__GNUC__ >= 4) || ((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)))
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE __attribute__((deprecated))
#else
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#endif
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* mac_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Mac Specific Interface */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Only available on the Macintosh. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following definitions are only available if FreeType is */
/* compiled on a Macintosh. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FOND */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a FOND resource. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fond :: A FOND resource. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Only supported for the -1 `sanity check' special */
/* case. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Notes> */
/* This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts */
/* that are installed in the system as follows. */
/* */
/* { */
/* fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName ); */
/* error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library library,
Handle fond,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman */
/* Bold). */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font */
/* name which is handled by ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* path :: Buffer to store pathname of the file. For passing */
/* to @FT_New_Face. The client must allocate this */
/* buffer before calling this function. */
/* */
/* maxPathSize :: Lengths of the buffer `path' that client allocated. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
UInt8* path,
UInt32 maxPathSize,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
/* using an FSSpec to the font file. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* spec :: FSSpec to the font file. */
/* */
/* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
/* first face has index~0. */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
/* it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library library,
const FSSpec *spec,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FSRef */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
/* using an FSRef to the font file. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* spec :: FSRef to the font file. */
/* */
/* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
/* first face has index~0. */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
/* it accepts an FSRef instead of a path. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library library,
const FSRef *ref,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTMAC_H__ */
/* END */

378
libs/include/freetype/ftmm.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmm.h */
/* */
/* FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTMM_H__
#define __FTMM_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* multiple_masters */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Multiple Masters */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to manage Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple */
/* Master fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by */
/* setting design axis coordinates. */
/* */
/* George Williams has extended this interface to make it work with */
/* both Type~1 Multiple Masters fonts and GX distortable (var) */
/* fonts. Some of these routines only work with MM fonts, others */
/* will work with both types. They are similar enough that a */
/* consistent interface makes sense. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_MM_Axis */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */
/* Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* name :: The axis's name. */
/* */
/* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_MM_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Long minimum;
FT_Long maximum;
} FT_MM_Axis;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Multi_Master */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
/* font. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* num_axis :: Number of axes. Cannot exceed~4. */
/* */
/* num_designs :: Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis */
/* even though the Type~1 specification strangely */
/* allows for intermediate designs to be present. This */
/* number cannot exceed~16. */
/* */
/* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Multi_Master_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_MM_Axis axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
} FT_Multi_Master;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Var_Axis */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */
/* Multiple Masters and GX var fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* name :: The axis's name. */
/* Not always meaningful for GX. */
/* */
/* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* def :: The axis's default design coordinate. */
/* FreeType computes meaningful default values for MM; it */
/* is then an integer value, not in 16.16 format. */
/* */
/* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* tag :: The axis's tag (the GX equivalent to `name'). */
/* FreeType provides default values for MM if possible. */
/* */
/* strid :: The entry in `name' table (another GX version of */
/* `name'). */
/* Not meaningful for MM. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Var_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Fixed minimum;
FT_Fixed def;
FT_Fixed maximum;
FT_ULong tag;
FT_UInt strid;
} FT_Var_Axis;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Var_Named_Style */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to model a named style in a GX var font. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for MM fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* coords :: The design coordinates for this style. */
/* This is an array with one entry for each axis. */
/* */
/* strid :: The entry in `name' table identifying this style. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Var_Named_Style_
{
FT_Fixed* coords;
FT_UInt strid;
} FT_Var_Named_Style;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_MM_Var */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
/* or GX var distortable font. */
/* */
/* Some fields are specific to one format and not to the other. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* num_axis :: The number of axes. The maximum value is~4 for */
/* MM; no limit in GX. */
/* */
/* num_designs :: The number of designs; should be normally */
/* 2^num_axis for MM fonts. Not meaningful for GX */
/* (where every glyph could have a different */
/* number of designs). */
/* */
/* num_namedstyles :: The number of named styles; only meaningful for */
/* GX which allows certain design coordinates to */
/* have a string ID (in the `name' table) */
/* associated with them. The font can tell the */
/* user that, for example, Weight=1.5 is `Bold'. */
/* */
/* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */
/* GX fonts contain slightly more data than MM. */
/* */
/* namedstyles :: A table of named styles. */
/* Only meaningful with GX. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_MM_Var_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_UInt num_namedstyles;
FT_Var_Axis* axis;
FT_Var_Named_Style* namedstyle;
} FT_MM_Var;
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Multi_Master */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the Multiple Master descriptor of a given font. */
/* */
/* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* amaster :: The Multiple Masters descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face face,
FT_Multi_Master *amaster );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_MM_Var */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the Multiple Master/GX var descriptor of a given font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* amaster :: The Multiple Masters/GX var descriptor. */
/* Allocates a data structure, which the user must free */
/* (a single call to FT_FREE will do it). */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face face,
FT_MM_Var* *amaster );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Multiple Masters fonts, choose an interpolated font design */
/* through design coordinates. */
/* */
/* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */
/* the number of axes in the font). */
/* */
/* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Long* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Multiple Master or GX Var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
/* design through design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */
/* the number of axes in the font). */
/* */
/* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Multiple Masters and GX var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
/* design through normalized blend coordinates. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */
/* the number of axes in the font). */
/* */
/* coords :: The design coordinates array (each element must be */
/* between 0 and 1.0). */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTMM_H__ */
/* END */

634
libs/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,634 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmodapi.h */
/* */
/* FreeType modules public interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2003, 2006, 2008-2010, 2012 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTMODAPI_H__
#define __FTMODAPI_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* module_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Module Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to add, upgrade, remove, and control modules from FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType. */
/* Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime. */
/* Additionally, some module properties can be controlled also. */
/* */
/* Here is a list of possible values of the `module_name' field in */
/* the @FT_Module_Class structure. */
/* */
/* { */
/* autofitter */
/* bdf */
/* cff */
/* gxvalid */
/* otvalid */
/* pcf */
/* pfr */
/* psaux */
/* pshinter */
/* psnames */
/* raster1, raster5 */
/* sfnt */
/* smooth, smooth-lcd, smooth-lcdv */
/* truetype */
/* type1 */
/* type42 */
/* t1cid */
/* winfonts */
/* } */
/* */
/* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system is not a FreeType module. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* module bit flags */
#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER 1 /* this module is a font driver */
#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER 2 /* this module is a renderer */
#define FT_MODULE_HINTER 4 /* this module is a glyph hinter */
#define FT_MODULE_STYLER 8 /* this module is a styler */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE 0x100 /* the driver supports */
/* scalable fonts */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES 0x200 /* the driver does not */
/* support vector outlines */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER 0x400 /* the driver provides its */
/* own hinter */
/* deprecated values */
#define ft_module_font_driver FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER
#define ft_module_renderer FT_MODULE_RENDERER
#define ft_module_hinter FT_MODULE_HINTER
#define ft_module_styler FT_MODULE_STYLER
#define ft_module_driver_scalable FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE
#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES
#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER
typedef FT_Pointer FT_Module_Interface;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Constructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to initialize. */
/* */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module module );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Destructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to finalize. */
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module module );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Requester */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to query a given module for a specific interface. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to be searched. */
/* */
/* name :: The name of the interface in the module. */
/* */
typedef FT_Module_Interface
(*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module module,
const char* name );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Module_Class */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The module class descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* module_flags :: Bit flags describing the module. */
/* */
/* module_size :: The size of one module object/instance in */
/* bytes. */
/* */
/* module_name :: The name of the module. */
/* */
/* module_version :: The version, as a 16.16 fixed number */
/* (major.minor). */
/* */
/* module_requires :: The version of FreeType this module requires, */
/* as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor). Starts */
/* at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000. */
/* */
/* module_init :: The initializing function. */
/* */
/* module_done :: The finalizing function. */
/* */
/* get_interface :: The interface requesting function. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Module_Class_
{
FT_ULong module_flags;
FT_Long module_size;
const FT_String* module_name;
FT_Fixed module_version;
FT_Fixed module_requires;
const void* module_interface;
FT_Module_Constructor module_init;
FT_Module_Destructor module_done;
FT_Module_Requester get_interface;
} FT_Module_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Add_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Add a new module to a given library instance. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* clazz :: A pointer to class descriptor for the module. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
/* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Add_Module( FT_Library library,
const FT_Module_Class* clazz );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Find a module by its name. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* module_name :: The module's name (as an ASCII string). */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A module handle. 0~if none was found. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you */
/* should look up the source code for details. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )
FT_Get_Module( FT_Library library,
const char* module_name );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Remove_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Remove a given module from a library instance. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: A handle to a module object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library library,
FT_Module module );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Property_Set
*
* @description:
* Set a property for a given module.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library the module is part of.
*
* module_name ::
* The module name.
*
* property_name ::
* The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis'
* subsection of the module's documentation.
*
* Note that only a few modules have properties.
*
* value ::
* A generic pointer to a variable or structure which gives the new
* value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is
* dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the
* module's documentation.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name'
* doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a
* valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
*
* The following example sets property `bar' (a simple integer) in
* module `foo' to value~1.
*
* {
* FT_UInt bar;
*
*
* bar = 1;
* FT_Property_Set( library, "foo", "bar", &bar );
* }
*
* It is not possible to set properties of the FreeType Cache
* sub-system with FT_Property_Set; use @FTC_Property_Set instead.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.11
*
*/
FT_Error
FT_Property_Set( FT_Library library,
const FT_String* module_name,
const FT_String* property_name,
const void* value );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Property_Get
*
* @description:
* Get a module's property value.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library the module is part of.
*
* module_name ::
* The module name.
*
* property_name ::
* The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis'
* subsection of the module's documentation.
*
* @inout:
* value ::
* A generic pointer to a variable or structure which gives the
* value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is
* dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the
* module's documentation.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name'
* doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a
* valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
*
* The following example gets property `baz' (a range) in module `foo'.
*
* {
* typedef range_
* {
* FT_Int32 min;
* FT_Int32 max;
*
* } range;
*
* range baz;
*
*
* FT_Property_Get( library, "foo", "baz", &baz );
* }
*
* It is not possible to retrieve properties of the FreeType Cache
* sub-system with FT_Property_Get; use @FTC_Property_Get instead.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.11
*
*/
FT_Error
FT_Property_Get( FT_Library library,
const FT_String* module_name,
const FT_String* property_name,
void* value );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Reference_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library */
/* structure is created. This function increments the counter. */
/* @FT_Done_Library then only destroys a library if the counter is~1, */
/* otherwise it simply decrements the counter. */
/* */
/* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures which */
/* reference @FT_Library objects. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a target library object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.4.2 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Reference_Library( FT_Library library );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance */
/* from a given memory object. It is thus possible to use libraries */
/* with distinct memory allocators within the same program. */
/* */
/* Normally, you would call this function (followed by a call to */
/* @FT_Add_Default_Modules or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module) */
/* instead of @FT_Init_FreeType to initialize the FreeType library. */
/* */
/* Don't use @FT_Done_FreeType but @FT_Done_Library to destroy a */
/* library instance. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* memory :: A handle to the original memory object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* alibrary :: A pointer to handle of a new library object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
/* @FT_Reference_Library. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Library( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Library *alibrary );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Discard a given library object. This closes all drivers and */
/* discards all resource objects. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the target library. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
/* @FT_Reference_Library. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Library( FT_Library library );
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void* arg );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font */
/* format. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* hook_index :: The index of the debug hook. You should use the */
/* values defined in `ftobjs.h', e.g., */
/* `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE'. */
/* */
/* debug_hook :: The function used to debug the interpreter. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only two (for */
/* the TrueType and the Type~1 interpreter) are defined. */
/* */
/* Since the internal headers of FreeType are no longer installed, */
/* the symbol `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE' isn't available publicly. */
/* This is a bug and will be fixed in a forthcoming release. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt hook_index,
FT_DebugHook_Func debug_hook );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Add_Default_Modules */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Add the set of default drivers to a given library object. */
/* This is only useful when you create a library object with */
/* @FT_New_Library (usually to plug a custom memory manager). */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to a new library object. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library library );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* truetype_engine
*
* @title:
* The TrueType Engine
*
* @abstract:
* TrueType bytecode support.
*
* @description:
* This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType
* bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_TrueTypeEngineType
*
* @description:
* A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode
* engine is implemented in a given FT_Library instance. It is used
* by the @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.
*
* @values:
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE ::
* The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED ::
* The library implements a bytecode interpreter that doesn't
* support the patented operations of the TrueType virtual machine.
*
* Its main use is to load certain Asian fonts which position and
* scale glyph components with bytecode instructions. It produces
* bad output for most other fonts.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED ::
* The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers
* the full instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine (this
* was governed by patents until May 2010, hence the name).
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
typedef enum FT_TrueTypeEngineType_
{
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
} FT_TrueTypeEngineType;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
*
* @description:
* Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of
* the TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A library instance.
*
* @return:
* A value indicating which level is supported.
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library library );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTMODAPI_H__ */
/* END */

194
libs/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmoderr.h */
/* */
/* FreeType module error offsets (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2001-2005, 2010, 2013 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file is used to define the FreeType module error codes. */
/* */
/* If the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS in `ftoption.h' is */
/* set, the lower byte of an error value identifies the error code as */
/* usual. In addition, the higher byte identifies the module. For */
/* example, the error `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x0003, the */
/* error `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1303, the error */
/* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1403, etc. */
/* */
/* Note that `FT_Err_Ok', `TT_Err_Ok', etc. are always equal to zero, */
/* including the high byte. */
/* */
/* If FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS isn't set, the higher byte of */
/* an error value is set to zero. */
/* */
/* To hide the various `XXX_Err_' prefixes in the source code, FreeType */
/* provides some macros in `fttypes.h'. */
/* */
/* FT_ERR( err ) */
/* Add current error module prefix (as defined with the */
/* `FT_ERR_PREFIX' macro) to `err'. For example, in the BDF module */
/* the line */
/* */
/* error = FT_ERR( Invalid_Outline ); */
/* */
/* expands to */
/* */
/* error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Outline; */
/* */
/* For simplicity, you can always use `FT_Err_Ok' directly instead */
/* of `FT_ERR( Ok )'. */
/* */
/* FT_ERR_EQ( errcode, err ) */
/* FT_ERR_NEQ( errcode, err ) */
/* Compare error code `errcode' with the error `err' for equality */
/* and inequality, respectively. Example: */
/* */
/* if ( FT_ERR_EQ( error, Invalid_Outline ) ) */
/* ... */
/* */
/* Using this macro you don't have to think about error prefixes. */
/* Of course, if module errors are not active, the above example is */
/* the same as */
/* */
/* if ( error == FT_Err_Invalid_Outline ) */
/* ... */
/* */
/* FT_ERROR_BASE( errcode ) */
/* FT_ERROR_MODULE( errcode ) */
/* Get base error and module error code, respectively. */
/* */
/* */
/* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily */
/* with something like */
/* */
/* { */
/* #undef __FTMODERR_H__ */
/* #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s }, */
/* #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST { */
/* #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */
/* */
/* const struct */
/* { */
/* int mod_err_offset; */
/* const char* mod_err_msg */
/* } ft_mod_errors[] = */
/* */
/* #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H */
/* } */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTMODERR_H__
#define __FTMODERR_H__
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v,
#else
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0,
#endif
#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST FT_Mod_Err_Max };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** LIST MODULE ERROR BASES *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#endif
FT_MODERRDEF( Base, 0x000, "base module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit, 0x100, "autofitter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( BDF, 0x200, "BDF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Bzip2, 0x300, "Bzip2 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Cache, 0x400, "cache module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CFF, 0x500, "CFF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CID, 0x600, "CID module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip, 0x700, "Gzip module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( LZW, 0x800, "LZW module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid, 0x900, "OpenType validation module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PCF, 0xA00, "PCF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PFR, 0xB00, "PFR module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux, 0xC00, "PS auxiliary module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter, 0xD00, "PS hinter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames, 0xE00, "PS names module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Raster, 0xF00, "raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT, 0x1000, "SFNT module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth, 0x1100, "smooth raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1200, "TrueType module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type1, 0x1300, "Type 1 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type42, 0x1400, "Type 42 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1500, "Windows FON/FNT module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( GXvalid, 0x1600, "GX validation module" )
#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#undef FT_MODERRDEF
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#endif /* __FTMODERR_H__ */
/* END */

203
libs/include/freetype/ftotval.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftotval.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* */
/* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the */
/* future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the */
/* OpenType specification. */
/* */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTOTVAL_H__
#define __FTOTVAL_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* ot_validation */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* OpenType Validation */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* An API to validate OpenType tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
/* some OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH). */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to
* indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_BASE ::
* Validate BASE table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GDEF ::
* Validate GDEF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GPOS ::
* Validate GPOS table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GSUB ::
* Validate GSUB table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_JSTF ::
* Validate JSTF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_MATH ::
* Validate MATH table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_OT ::
* Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE 0x0100
#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF 0x0200
#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS 0x0400
#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB 0x0800
#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF 0x1000
#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH 0x2000
#define FT_VALIDATE_OT FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \
FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \
FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \
FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \
FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \
FT_VALIDATE_MATH
/* */
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without
* error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* BASE_table ::
* A pointer to the BASE table.
*
* GDEF_table ::
* A pointer to the GDEF table.
*
* GPOS_table ::
* A pointer to the GPOS table.
*
* GSUB_table ::
* A pointer to the GSUB table.
*
* JSTF_table ::
* A pointer to the JSTF table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with
* @FT_OpenType_Free. A NULL value indicates that the table either
* doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for
* validation.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *BASE_table,
FT_Bytes *GDEF_table,
FT_Bytes *GPOS_table,
FT_Bytes *GSUB_table,
FT_Bytes *JSTF_table );
/* */
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTOTVAL_H__ */
/* END */

560
libs/include/freetype/ftoutln.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,560 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftoutln.h */
/* */
/* Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of */
/* most scalable font formats (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2003, 2005-2012 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTOUTLN_H__
#define __FTOUTLN_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* outline_processing */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Outline Processing */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable */
/* glyph images known as `outlines'. These can also be measured, */
/* transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Outline */
/* FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS */
/* FT_Outline_New */
/* FT_Outline_Done */
/* FT_Outline_Copy */
/* FT_Outline_Translate */
/* FT_Outline_Transform */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden */
/* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */
/* FT_Outline_Reverse */
/* FT_Outline_Check */
/* */
/* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
/* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
/* */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
/* FT_Outline_Render */
/* */
/* FT_Outline_Decompose */
/* FT_Outline_Funcs */
/* FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func */
/* FT_Outline_LineTo_Func */
/* FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func */
/* FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Decompose */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual */
/* segments and Bézier arcs. This function also emits `move to' */
/* operations to indicate the start of new contours in the outline. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source target. */
/* */
/* func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e., function pointers */
/* called during decomposition to indicate path */
/* operations. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed to each */
/* emitter during the decomposition. It can be */
/* used to store the state during the */
/* decomposition. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Outline_Funcs* func_interface,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_New */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new outline of a given size. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object from where the */
/* outline is allocated. Note however that the new */
/* outline will *not* necessarily be *freed*, when */
/* destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType. */
/* */
/* numPoints :: The maximum number of points within the outline. */
/* Must be smaller than or equal to 0xFFFF (65535). */
/* */
/* numContours :: The maximum number of contours within the outline. */
/* This value must be in the range 0 to `numPoints'. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* anoutline :: A handle to the new outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The reason why this function takes a `library' parameter is simply */
/* to use the library's memory allocator. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_New( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt numPoints,
FT_Int numContours,
FT_Outline *anoutline );
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
FT_UInt numPoints,
FT_Int numContours,
FT_Outline *anoutline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Done */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle of the library object used to allocate the */
/* outline. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the outline object to be discarded. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If the outline's `owner' field is not set, only the outline */
/* descriptor will be released. */
/* */
/* The reason why this function takes an `library' parameter is */
/* simply to use ft_mem_free(). */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline );
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Check */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Check the contents of an outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A handle to a source outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an outline's `control box'. The control box encloses all */
/* the outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */
/* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
/* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
/* which contains Bézier outside arcs). */
/* */
/* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
/* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
/* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
/* `ftbbox' component which is dedicated to this single task. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* acbox :: The outline's control box. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox for a discussion of tricky fonts. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Translate */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* xOffset :: The horizontal offset. */
/* */
/* yOffset :: The vertical offset. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos xOffset,
FT_Pos yOffset );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Copy an outline into another one. Both objects must have the */
/* same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this */
/* function is called. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* source :: A handle to the source outline. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline* source,
FT_Outline *target );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Transform */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points. Useful */
/* for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation matrix. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the */
/* outline's points. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Matrix* matrix );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be at most 4~times */
/* `strength' pixels wider and higher. You may think of the left and */
/* bottom borders as unchanged. */
/* */
/* Negative `strength' values to reduce the outline thickness are */
/* possible also. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A handle to the target outline. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* strength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened. Expressed in */
/* 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the */
/* glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain */
/* situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes */
/* handled incorrectly. */
/* */
/* If you need `better' metrics values you should call */
/* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox or @FT_Outline_Get_BBox. */
/* */
/* Example call: */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ); */
/* if ( face->slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE ) */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->slot->outline, strength ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos strength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be `xstrength' pixels */
/* wider and `ystrength' pixels higher. Otherwise, it is similar to */
/* @FT_Outline_Embolden, which uses the same strength in both */
/* directions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_EmboldenXY( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos xstrength,
FT_Pos ystrength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Reverse */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Reverse the drawing direction of an outline. This is used to */
/* ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in */
/* the outline's `flags' field. */
/* */
/* It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it */
/* knows what it is doing. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Render an outline within a bitmap. The outline's image is simply */
/* OR-ed to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* abitmap :: A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an */
/* outline image within the one you pass to it! Consequently, the */
/* various fields in `abitmap' should be set accordingly. */
/* */
/* It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format. */
/* */
/* The value of the `num_grays' field in `abitmap' is ignored. If */
/* you select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256 */
/* gray levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Render */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert. */
/* This function uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument, */
/* allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency, */
/* etc. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */
/* describe the rendering operation. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works */
/* to use this function. */
/* */
/* The field `params.source' will be set to `outline' before the scan */
/* converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is */
/* actually ignored. */
/* */
/* The gray-level rasterizer always uses 256 gray levels. If you */
/* want less gray levels, you have to provide your own span callback. */
/* See the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT value of the `flags' field in the */
/* @FT_Raster_Params structure for more details. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Raster_Params* params );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Orientation
*
* @description:
* A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
*
* The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions
* to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
*
* @values:
* FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ::
* According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must
* be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT ::
* According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise contours
* must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to
* remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of
* the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to
* remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of
* the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_NONE ::
* The orientation cannot be determined. That is, different parts of
* the glyph have different orientation.
*
*/
typedef enum FT_Orientation_
{
FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE = 0,
FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,
FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
} FT_Orientation;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
*
* @description:
* This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its
* fill orientation (see @FT_Orientation). This is done by computing
* the direction of each global horizontal and/or vertical extrema
* within the outline.
*
* Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty
* outlines.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A handle to the source outline.
*
* @return:
* The orientation.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )
FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline* outline );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTOUTLN_H__ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

172
libs/include/freetype/ftpfr.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftpfr.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008, 2009 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTPFR_H__
#define __FTPFR_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* pfr_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* PFR Fonts */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* PFR/TrueDoc specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
*
* @description:
* Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face.
*
* @input:
* face :: Handle to the input face. It can be a non-PFR face.
*
* @output:
* aoutline_resolution ::
* Outline resolution. This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM'
* for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_resolution ::
* Metrics resolution. This is equivalent to `outline_resolution'
* for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_x_scale ::
* A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed
* in metrics units to device sub-pixels. This is equivalent to
* `face->size->x_scale', but for metrics only. Optional (parameter
* can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_y_scale ::
* Same as `ametrics_x_scale' but for the vertical direction.
* optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error.
* However, in all cases, it will return valid values.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt *aoutline_resolution,
FT_UInt *ametrics_resolution,
FT_Fixed *ametrics_x_scale,
FT_Fixed *ametrics_y_scale );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Kerning
*
* @description:
* Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face.
* The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of
* @FT_Get_Kerning.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* left :: Index of the left glyph.
*
* right :: Index of the right glyph.
*
* @output:
* avector :: A kerning vector.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function always return distances in original PFR metrics
* units. This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
* mode, which always returns distances converted to outline units.
*
* You can use the value of the `x_scale' and `y_scale' parameters
* returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device sub-pixels.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt left,
FT_UInt right,
FT_Vector *avector );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Advance
*
* @description:
* Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units,
* from a PFR font.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* gindex :: The glyph index.
*
* @output:
* aadvance :: The glyph advance in metrics units.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You can use the `x_scale' or `y_scale' results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
* to convert the advance to device sub-pixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels).
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Pos *aadvance );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTPFR_H__ */
/* END */

238
libs/include/freetype/ftrender.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftrender.h */
/* */
/* FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2005, 2006, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTRENDER_H__
#define __FTRENDER_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_MODULE_H
#include FT_GLYPH_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* module_management */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* create a new glyph object */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* destroys a given glyph object */
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph );
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_BBox* abbox );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph target );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* deprecated */
#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func FT_Glyph_InitFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func FT_Glyph_DoneFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func FT_Glyph_TransformFunc
#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func FT_Glyph_CopyFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc
struct FT_Glyph_Class_
{
FT_Long glyph_size;
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
FT_Glyph_InitFunc glyph_init;
FT_Glyph_DoneFunc glyph_done;
FT_Glyph_CopyFunc glyph_copy;
FT_Glyph_TransformFunc glyph_transform;
FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc glyph_bbox;
FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc glyph_prepare;
};
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_UInt mode,
const FT_Vector* origin );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
typedef void
(*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_BBox* cbox );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_ULong mode_tag,
FT_Pointer mode_ptr );
/* deprecated identifiers */
#define FTRenderer_render FT_Renderer_RenderFunc
#define FTRenderer_transform FT_Renderer_TransformFunc
#define FTRenderer_getCBox FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc
#define FTRenderer_setMode FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Renderer_Class */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The renderer module class descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Module_Class fields. */
/* */
/* glyph_format :: The glyph image format this renderer handles. */
/* */
/* render_glyph :: A method used to render the image that is in a */
/* given glyph slot into a bitmap. */
/* */
/* transform_glyph :: A method used to transform the image that is in */
/* a given glyph slot. */
/* */
/* get_glyph_cbox :: A method used to access the glyph's cbox. */
/* */
/* set_mode :: A method used to pass additional parameters. */
/* */
/* raster_class :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. */
/* This is a pointer to its raster's class. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Renderer_Class_
{
FT_Module_Class root;
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
FT_Renderer_RenderFunc render_glyph;
FT_Renderer_TransformFunc transform_glyph;
FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc get_glyph_cbox;
FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc set_mode;
FT_Raster_Funcs* raster_class;
} FT_Renderer_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Renderer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* format :: The glyph format. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A renderer handle. 0~if none found. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
/* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
/* */
/* To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module. To retrieve a */
/* renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer )
FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library library,
FT_Glyph_Format format );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Renderer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* renderer :: A handle to the renderer object. */
/* */
/* num_params :: The number of additional parameters. */
/* */
/* parameters :: Additional parameters. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph */
/* images in the renderer's known format into bitmaps. */
/* */
/* This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats. */
/* */
/* Currently, only the B/W renderer, if compiled with */
/* FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING (providing a 5-levels */
/* anti-aliasing mode; this option must be set directly in */
/* `ftraster.c' and is undefined by default) accepts a single tag */
/* `pal5' to set its gray palette as a character string with */
/* 5~elements. Consequently, the third and fourth argument are zero */
/* normally. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library library,
FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_UInt num_params,
FT_Parameter* parameters );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTRENDER_H__ */
/* END */

159
libs/include/freetype/ftsizes.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsizes.h */
/* */
/* FreeType size objects management (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions. */
/* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases */
/* where they are needed. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTSIZES_H__
#define __FTSIZES_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* sizes_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Size Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Managing multiple sizes per face. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an */
/* @FT_Size object is automatically created and used to store all */
/* pixel-size dependent information, available in the `face->size' */
/* field. */
/* */
/* It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face, */
/* mostly in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the */
/* same font family and style. See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size. */
/* */
/* Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only */
/* modify the contents of the current `active' size; you thus need */
/* to use @FT_Activate_Size to change it. */
/* */
/* 99% of applications won't need the functions provided here, */
/* especially if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious */
/* when using these. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new size object from a given face object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to a parent face object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* asize :: A handle to a new size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size */
/* for upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size, */
/* @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Size( FT_Face face,
FT_Size* size );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Discard a given size object. Note that @FT_Done_Face */
/* automatically discards all size objects allocated with */
/* @FT_New_Size. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Size( FT_Size size );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Activate_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a */
/* given face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like */
/* @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char only use the one which has been */
/* activated last to determine the `current character pixel size'. */
/* */
/* This function can be used to `activate' a previously created size */
/* object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If `face' is the size's parent face object, this function changes */
/* the value of `face->size' to the input size handle. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size size );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTSIZES_H__ */
/* END */

200
libs/include/freetype/ftsnames.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsnames.h */
/* */
/* Simple interface to access SFNT name tables (which are used */
/* to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification). */
/* */
/* This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names! */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2009, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__
#define __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* sfnt_names */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* SFNT Names */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of */
/* a special `names table' in font files. This table contains */
/* textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font, */
/* like family name, copyright, version, etc. */
/* */
/* The definitions below are used to access them if available. */
/* */
/* Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names! */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_SfntName */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model an SFNT `name' table entry. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* platform_id :: The platform ID for `string'. */
/* */
/* encoding_id :: The encoding ID for `string'. */
/* */
/* language_id :: The language ID for `string'. */
/* */
/* name_id :: An identifier for `string'. */
/* */
/* string :: The `name' string. Note that its format differs */
/* depending on the (platform,encoding) pair. It can */
/* be a Pascal String, a UTF-16 one, etc. */
/* */
/* Generally speaking, the string is not */
/* zero-terminated. Please refer to the TrueType */
/* specification for details. */
/* */
/* string_len :: The length of `string' in bytes. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Possible values for `platform_id', `encoding_id', `language_id', */
/* and `name_id' are given in the file `ttnameid.h'. For details */
/* please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification. */
/* */
/* See also @TT_PLATFORM_XXX, @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX, */
/* @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, and @TT_MS_ID_XXX. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_SfntName_
{
FT_UShort platform_id;
FT_UShort encoding_id;
FT_UShort language_id;
FT_UShort name_id;
FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */
} FT_SfntName;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT `name' table. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The number of strings in the `name' table. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face face );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve a string of the SFNT `name' table for a given index. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* idx :: The index of the `name' string. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aname :: The indexed @FT_SfntName structure. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The `string' array returned in the `aname' structure is not */
/* null-terminated. The application should deallocate it if it is no */
/* longer in use. */
/* */
/* Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available */
/* `name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right */
/* platform, encoding, and name ID. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt idx,
FT_SfntName *aname );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make
* FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred family subfamily names in `name'
* table since OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with
* legacy systems which has 4-face-per-family restriction.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 'f' )
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make
* FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred subfamily names in `name' table since
* OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with legacy
* systems which has 4-face-per-family restriction.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 's' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__ */
/* END */

751
libs/include/freetype/ftstroke.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,751 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftstroke.h */
/* */
/* FreeType path stroker (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2006, 2008, 2009, 2011-2012 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FT_STROKE_H__
#define __FT_STROKE_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_OUTLINE_H
#include FT_GLYPH_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* glyph_stroker
*
* @title:
* Glyph Stroker
*
* @abstract:
* Generating bordered and stroked glyphs.
*
* @description:
* This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial
* glyph. It also allows you to retrieve the `outside' and/or the
* `inside' borders of the stroke.
*
* This can be useful to generate `bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs
* displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their
* shape.
*/
/**************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Stroker
*
* @description:
* Opaque handler to a path stroker object.
*/
typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_* FT_Stroker;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Stroker_LineJoin
*
* @description:
* These values determine how two joining lines are rendered
* in a stroker.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND ::
* Used to render rounded line joins. Circular arcs are used
* to join two lines smoothly.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL ::
* Used to render beveled line joins. The outer corner of
* the joined lines is filled by enclosing the triangular
* region of the corner with a straight line between the
* outer corners of each stroke.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED ::
* Used to render mitered line joins, with fixed bevels if the
* miter limit is exceeded. The outer edges of the strokes
* for the two segments are extended until they meet at an
* angle. If the segments meet at too sharp an angle (such
* that the miter would extend from the intersection of the
* segments a distance greater than the product of the miter
* limit value and the border radius), then a bevel join (see
* above) is used instead. This prevents long spikes being
* created. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED generates a miter
* line join as used in PostScript and PDF.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE ::
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER ::
* Used to render mitered line joins, with variable bevels if
* the miter limit is exceeded. The intersection of the
* strokes is clipped at a line perpendicular to the bisector
* of the angle between the strokes, at the distance from the
* intersection of the segments equal to the product of the
* miter limit value and the border radius. This prevents
* long spikes being created.
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE generates a mitered line
* join as used in XPS. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER is an alias
* for FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE, retained for
* backwards compatibility.
*/
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineJoin_
{
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL = 1,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE = 2,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER = FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED = 3
} FT_Stroker_LineJoin;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Stroker_LineCap
*
* @description:
* These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are
* rendered in a stroke.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last
* point itself.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the
* last point.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a square around the
* last point.
*/
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineCap_
{
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0,
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE
} FT_Stroker_LineCap;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_StrokerBorder
*
* @description:
* These values are used to select a given stroke border
* in @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ::
* Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.
*
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ::
* Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.
*
* @note:
* Applications are generally interested in the `inside' and `outside'
* borders. However, there is no direct mapping between these and the
* `left' and `right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's
* drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.
*
* You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and
* @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.
*/
typedef enum FT_StrokerBorder_
{
FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0,
FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
} FT_StrokerBorder;
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
* `inside' borders of a given outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* The source outline handle.
*
* @return:
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid
* outlines.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
* `outside' borders of a given outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* The source outline handle.
*
* @return:
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
* outlines.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_New
*
* @description:
* Create a new stroker object.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* FreeType library handle.
*
* @output:
* astroker ::
* A new stroker object handle. NULL in case of error.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library library,
FT_Stroker *astroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Set
*
* @description:
* Reset a stroker object's attributes.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* radius ::
* The border radius.
*
* line_cap ::
* The line cap style.
*
* line_join ::
* The line join style.
*
* miter_limit ::
* The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED and
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE line join styles,
* expressed as 16.16 fixed-point value.
*
* @note:
* The radius is expressed in the same units as the outline
* coordinates.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Fixed radius,
FT_Stroker_LineCap line_cap,
FT_Stroker_LineJoin line_join,
FT_Fixed miter_limit );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Rewind
*
* @description:
* Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes.
* You should call this function before beginning a new
* series of calls to @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
*
* @description:
* A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with
* the stroker. The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved
* later by functions like @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* outline ::
* The source outline.
*
* opened ::
* A boolean. If~1, the outline is treated as an open path instead
* of a closed one.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `opened' is~0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed
* path, and the stroker generates two distinct `border' outlines.
*
* If `opened' is~1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the
* stroker generates a single `stroke' outline.
*
* This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Bool opened );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
*
* @description:
* Start a new sub-path in the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the start vector.
*
* open ::
* A boolean. If~1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is
* not stored as an @FT_Outline object.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* to,
FT_Bool open );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
*
* @description:
* Close the current sub-path in the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath.
* If the subpath was not `opened', this function `draws' a
* single line segment to the start position when needed.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_LineTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ConicTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single quadratic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* control ::
* A pointer to a Bézier control point.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* control,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_CubicTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single cubic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* control1 ::
* A pointer to the first Bézier control point.
*
* control2 ::
* A pointer to second Bézier control point.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* control1,
FT_Vector* control2,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
*
* @description:
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
* with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
* contours necessary to export one of the `border' or `stroke'
* outlines generated by the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* border ::
* The border index.
*
* @output:
* anum_points ::
* The number of points.
*
* anum_contours ::
* The number of contours.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
* two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
*
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
* the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
* points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
*
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to
* retrieve the counts associated to both borders.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_StrokerBorder border,
FT_UInt *anum_points,
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
*
* @description:
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* export the corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline
* structure.
*
* Note that this function appends the border points and
* contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
* arrays.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* border ::
* The border index.
*
* outline ::
* The target outline handle.
*
* @note:
* Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* get sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to
* receive all new data.
*
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
* two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'
*
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
* the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
* points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
*
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to
* retrieve all borders at once.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_StrokerBorder border,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_GetCounts
*
* @description:
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
* with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
* contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked
* outline/path.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* @output:
* anum_points ::
* The number of points.
*
* anum_contours ::
* The number of contours.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_UInt *anum_points,
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Export
*
* @description:
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* export all borders to your own @FT_Outline structure.
*
* Note that this function appends the border points and
* contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
* arrays.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* outline ::
* The target outline handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Done
*
* @description:
* Destroy a stroker object.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle. Can be NULL.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_Stroke
*
* @description:
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.
*
* @inout:
* pglyph ::
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle.
*
* destroy ::
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
* on success.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
*
* Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
* depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
* may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts
* to account for this added size.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Bool destroy );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
*
* @description:
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but
* only return either its inside or outside border.
*
* @inout:
* pglyph ::
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle.
*
* inside ::
* A Boolean. If~1, return the inside border, otherwise
* the outside border.
*
* destroy ::
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
* on success.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
*
* Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
* depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
* may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts
* to account for this added size.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Bool inside,
FT_Bool destroy );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FT_STROKE_H__ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

81
libs/include/freetype/ftsynth.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsynth.h */
/* */
/* FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting */
/* (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2000-2001, 2003, 2006, 2008, 2012 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/********* *********/
/********* WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE! THIS API *********/
/********* IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE *********/
/********* FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM *********/
/********* *********/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* Main reason for not lifting the functions in this module to a */
/* `standard' API is that the used parameters for emboldening and */
/* slanting are not configurable. Consider the functions as a */
/* code resource which should be copied into the application and */
/* adapted to the particular needs. */
#ifndef __FTSYNTH_H__
#define __FTSYNTH_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* Embolden a glyph by a `reasonable' value (which is highly a matter of */
/* taste). This function is actually a convenience function, providing */
/* a wrapper for @FT_Outline_Embolden and @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
/* */
/* For emboldened outlines the height, width, and advance metrics are */
/* increased by the strength of the emboldening. You can also call */
/* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox to get precise values. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* Slant an outline glyph to the right by about 12 degrees. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTSYNTH_H__ */
/* END */

347
libs/include/freetype/ftsystem.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsystem.h */
/* */
/* FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005, 2010 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTSYSTEM_H__
#define __FTSYSTEM_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* system_interface */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* System Interface */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How FreeType manages memory and i/o. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains various definitions related to memory */
/* management and i/o access. You need to understand this */
/* information if you want to use a custom memory manager or you own */
/* i/o streams. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* M E M O R Y M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Memory
*
* @description:
* A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an
* @FT_MemoryRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_* FT_Memory;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Alloc_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to allocate `size' bytes from `memory'.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* size ::
* The size in bytes to allocate.
*
* @return:
* Address of new memory block. 0~in case of failure.
*
*/
typedef void*
(*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
long size );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Free_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to release a given block of memory.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* block ::
* The address of the target memory block.
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
void* block );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Realloc_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* cur_size ::
* The block's current size in bytes.
*
* new_size ::
* The block's requested new size.
*
* block ::
* The block's current address.
*
* @return:
* New block address. 0~in case of memory shortage.
*
* @note:
* In case of error, the old block must still be available.
*
*/
typedef void*
(*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
long cur_size,
long new_size,
void* block );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_MemoryRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType~2.
*
* @fields:
* user ::
* A generic typeless pointer for user data.
*
* alloc ::
* A pointer type to an allocation function.
*
* free ::
* A pointer type to an memory freeing function.
*
* realloc ::
* A pointer type to a reallocation function.
*
*/
struct FT_MemoryRec_
{
void* user;
FT_Alloc_Func alloc;
FT_Free_Func free;
FT_Realloc_Func realloc;
};
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* I / O M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Stream
*
* @description:
* A handle to an input stream.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_* FT_Stream;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_StreamDesc
*
* @description:
* A union type used to store either a long or a pointer. This is used
* to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*' in an input stream.
*
*/
typedef union FT_StreamDesc_
{
long value;
void* pointer;
} FT_StreamDesc;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Stream_IoFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* A handle to the source stream.
*
* offset ::
* The offset of read in stream (always from start).
*
* buffer ::
* The address of the read buffer.
*
* count ::
* The number of bytes to read from the stream.
*
* @return:
* The number of bytes effectively read by the stream.
*
* @note:
* This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation
* with a `count' of~0. A non-zero return value then indicates an
* error.
*
*/
typedef unsigned long
(*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream stream,
unsigned long offset,
unsigned char* buffer,
unsigned long count );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Stream_CloseFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to close a given input stream.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* A handle to the target stream.
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream stream );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_StreamRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to describe an input stream.
*
* @input:
* base ::
* For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream
* byte in memory. This field should always be set to NULL for
* disk-based streams.
*
* size ::
* The stream size in bytes.
*
* pos ::
* The current position within the stream.
*
* descriptor ::
* This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer. It is
* used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*'
* pointers.
*
* pathname ::
* This field is completely ignored by FreeType. However, it is often
* useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename
* (where available).
*
* read ::
* The stream's input function.
*
* close ::
* The stream's close function.
*
* memory ::
* The memory manager to use to preload frames. This is set
* internally by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream
* implementations.
*
* cursor ::
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
* frames.
*
* limit ::
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
* frames.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_
{
unsigned char* base;
unsigned long size;
unsigned long pos;
FT_StreamDesc descriptor;
FT_StreamDesc pathname;
FT_Stream_IoFunc read;
FT_Stream_CloseFunc close;
FT_Memory memory;
unsigned char* cursor;
unsigned char* limit;
} FT_StreamRec;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTSYSTEM_H__ */
/* END */

350
libs/include/freetype/fttrigon.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fttrigon.h */
/* */
/* FreeType trigonometric functions (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2001, 2003, 2005, 2007, 2013 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTTRIGON_H__
#define __FTTRIGON_H__
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* computations */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Angle
*
* @description:
* This type is used to model angle values in FreeType. Note that the
* angle is a 16.16 fixed-point value expressed in degrees.
*
*/
typedef FT_Fixed FT_Angle;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI
*
* @description:
* The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI ( 180L << 16 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_2PI
*
* @description:
* The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_2PI ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI2
*
* @description:
* The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI2 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI4
*
* @description:
* The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI4 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Sin
*
* @description:
* Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The sinus value.
*
* @note:
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Sin( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Cos
*
* @description:
* Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The cosinus value.
*
* @note:
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Cos( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Tan
*
* @description:
* Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The tangent value.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Tan( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Atan2
*
* @description:
* Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in
* the 2d plane.
*
* @input:
* x ::
* The horizontal vector coordinate.
*
* y ::
* The vertical vector coordinate.
*
* @return:
* The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle).
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed x,
FT_Fixed y );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Angle_Diff
*
* @description:
* Return the difference between two angles. The result is always
* constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval.
*
* @input:
* angle1 ::
* First angle.
*
* angle2 ::
* Second angle.
*
* @return:
* Constrained value of `value2-value1'.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle angle1,
FT_Angle angle2 );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Unit
*
* @description:
* Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle. After the
* call, the value of `vec.x' will be `sin(angle)', and the value of
* `vec.y' will be `cos(angle)'.
*
* This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a
* given angle quickly.
*
* @output:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The address of angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Rotate
*
* @description:
* Rotate a vector by a given angle.
*
* @inout:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The address of angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Length
*
* @description:
* Return the length of a given vector.
*
* @input:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @return:
* The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original
* vector coordinates.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector* vec );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Polarize
*
* @description:
* Compute both the length and angle of a given vector.
*
* @input:
* vec ::
* The address of source vector.
*
* @output:
* length ::
* The vector length.
*
* angle ::
* The vector angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Fixed *length,
FT_Angle *angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_From_Polar
*
* @description:
* Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle.
*
* @output:
* vec ::
* The address of source vector.
*
* @input:
* length ::
* The vector length.
*
* angle ::
* The vector angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Fixed length,
FT_Angle angle );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTTRIGON_H__ */
/* END */

598
libs/include/freetype/fttypes.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,598 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fttypes.h */
/* */
/* FreeType simple types definitions (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2002, 2004, 2006-2009, 2012, 2013 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTTYPES_H__
#define __FTTYPES_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#include FT_SYSTEM_H
#include FT_IMAGE_H
#include <stddef.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* basic_types */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Basic Data Types */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* The basic data types defined by the library. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType~2, */
/* ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors. More */
/* font-specific structures are defined in a different section. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Byte */
/* FT_Bytes */
/* FT_Char */
/* FT_Int */
/* FT_UInt */
/* FT_Int16 */
/* FT_UInt16 */
/* FT_Int32 */
/* FT_UInt32 */
/* FT_Short */
/* FT_UShort */
/* FT_Long */
/* FT_ULong */
/* FT_Bool */
/* FT_Offset */
/* FT_PtrDist */
/* FT_String */
/* FT_Tag */
/* FT_Error */
/* FT_Fixed */
/* FT_Pointer */
/* FT_Pos */
/* FT_Vector */
/* FT_BBox */
/* FT_Matrix */
/* FT_FWord */
/* FT_UFWord */
/* FT_F2Dot14 */
/* FT_UnitVector */
/* FT_F26Dot6 */
/* */
/* */
/* FT_Generic */
/* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
/* */
/* FT_Bitmap */
/* FT_Pixel_Mode */
/* FT_Palette_Mode */
/* FT_Glyph_Format */
/* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Bool */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans. As usual, */
/* values 1 and~0 represent true and false, respectively. */
/* */
typedef unsigned char FT_Bool;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_FWord */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font */
/* units. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_FWord; /* distance in FUnits */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UFWord */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original */
/* font units. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UFWord; /* unsigned distance */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Char */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type. */
/* */
typedef signed char FT_Char;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Byte */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned char FT_Byte;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Bytes */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for constant memory areas. */
/* */
typedef const FT_Byte* FT_Bytes;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Tag */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format). */
/* */
typedef FT_UInt32 FT_Tag;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_String */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings. */
/* */
typedef char FT_String;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Short */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for signed short. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_Short;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UShort */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for unsigned short. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UShort;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for the int type. */
/* */
typedef signed int FT_Int;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for the unsigned int type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Long */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for signed long. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_Long;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_ULong */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for unsigned long. */
/* */
typedef unsigned long FT_ULong;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_F2Dot14 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 2.14 fixed-point type used for unit vectors. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_F2Dot14;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_F26Dot6 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 26.6 fixed-point type used for vectorial pixel */
/* coordinates. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_F26Dot6;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Fixed */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is used to store 16.16 fixed-point values, like scaling */
/* values or matrix coefficients. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_Fixed;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Error */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The FreeType error code type. A value of~0 is always interpreted */
/* as a successful operation. */
/* */
typedef int FT_Error;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Pointer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for a typeless pointer. */
/* */
typedef void* FT_Pointer;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Offset */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `size_t' type, i.e., the largest */
/* _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position, */
/* or a memory block size. */
/* */
typedef size_t FT_Offset;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_PtrDist */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `ptrdiff_t' type, i.e., the */
/* largest _signed_ integer type used to express the distance */
/* between two pointers. */
/* */
typedef ft_ptrdiff_t FT_PtrDist;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_UnitVector */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector. Uses */
/* FT_F2Dot14 types. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* x :: Horizontal coordinate. */
/* */
/* y :: Vertical coordinate. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_UnitVector_
{
FT_F2Dot14 x;
FT_F2Dot14 y;
} FT_UnitVector;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Matrix */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix. Coefficients are */
/* in 16.16 fixed-point format. The computation performed is: */
/* */
/* { */
/* x' = x*xx + y*xy */
/* y' = x*yx + y*yy */
/* } */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* xx :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* xy :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* yx :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* yy :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Matrix_
{
FT_Fixed xx, xy;
FT_Fixed yx, yy;
} FT_Matrix;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Data */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* pointer :: The data. */
/* */
/* length :: The length of the data in bytes. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Data_
{
const FT_Byte* pointer;
FT_Int length;
} FT_Data;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Describe a function used to destroy the `client' data of any */
/* FreeType object. See the description of the @FT_Generic type for */
/* details of usage. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* The address of the FreeType object which is under finalization. */
/* Its client data is accessed through its `generic' field. */
/* */
typedef void (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)(void* object);
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Generic */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Client applications often need to associate their own data to a */
/* variety of FreeType core objects. For example, a text layout API */
/* might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object. */
/* */
/* Some FreeType object contains a `generic' field, of type */
/* FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font */
/* servers. */
/* */
/* It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well */
/* as the address of a `finalizer' function, which will be called by */
/* FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous */
/* client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor */
/* in the `finalizer' field). */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* data :: A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This */
/* field is completely ignored by the FreeType library. */
/* */
/* finalizer :: A pointer to a `generic finalizer' function, which */
/* will be called when the object is destroyed. If this */
/* field is set to NULL, no code will be called. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Generic_
{
void* data;
FT_Generic_Finalizer finalizer;
} FT_Generic;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_MAKE_TAG */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro converts four-letter tags which are used to label */
/* TrueType tables into an unsigned long to be used within FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The produced values *must* be 32-bit integers. Don't redefine */
/* this macro. */
/* */
#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
(FT_Tag) \
( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) | \
( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) | \
( (FT_ULong)_x3 << 8 ) | \
(FT_ULong)_x4 )
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* L I S T M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* list_processing */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_ListNode */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an */
/* @FT_List record (see @FT_ListRec). As its name suggests, an */
/* FT_ListNode is a handle to a single list element. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_* FT_ListNode;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_List */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec). */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListRec_* FT_List;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_ListNodeRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to hold a single list element. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* prev :: The previous element in the list. NULL if first. */
/* */
/* next :: The next element in the list. NULL if last. */
/* */
/* data :: A typeless pointer to the listed object. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_
{
FT_ListNode prev;
FT_ListNode next;
void* data;
} FT_ListNodeRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_ListRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list. These are */
/* used in many parts of FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* head :: The head (first element) of doubly-linked list. */
/* */
/* tail :: The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListRec_
{
FT_ListNode head;
FT_ListNode tail;
} FT_ListRec;
/* */
#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list ) ( (list).head == 0 )
#define FT_BOOL( x ) ( (FT_Bool)( x ) )
/* concatenate C tokens */
#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) x ## y
#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y ) FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )
/* see `ftmoderr.h' for descriptions of the following macros */
#define FT_ERR( e ) FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e )
#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF )
#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF00U )
#define FT_ERR_EQ( x, e ) \
( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) == FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
#define FT_ERR_NEQ( x, e ) \
( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) != FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTTYPES_H__ */
/* END */

274
libs/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftwinfnt.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2003, 2004, 2008 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTWINFNT_H__
#define __FTWINFNT_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* winfnt_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Window FNT Files */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Windows FNT specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT specific */
/* functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of valid values for the `charset' byte in
* @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec. Exact mapping tables for the various cpXXXX
* encodings (except for cp1361) can be found at ftp://ftp.unicode.org
* in the MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS subdirectory. cp1361 is
* roughly a superset of MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT.
*
* @values:
* FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT ::
* This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a
* `don't care' value. Valid font files don't contain this value.
* When querying for information about the character set of the font
* that is currently selected into a specified device context, this
* return value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL ::
* There is no known mapping table available.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC ::
* Mac Roman encoding.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM ::
* From Michael Pöttgen <michael@poettgen.de>:
*
* The `Windows Font Mapping' article says that FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM
* is used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon',
* `roman.fon', and `script.fon' on Windows.
*
* The `CreateFont' documentation says: The FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM value
* specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent.
*
* The `IFIMETRICS' documentation from the `Windows Driver
* Development Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific
* character set. The OEM character set is system dependent.
*
* In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., cp1252), denotes the
* second default codepage that most international versions of
* Windows have. It is one of the OEM codepages from
*
* http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/cphome.mspx,
*
* and is used for the `DOS boxes', to support legacy applications.
* A German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage
* 1252 and OEM codepage 850.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 ::
* A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 ::
* A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 ::
* A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 ::
* A superset of Korean Hangul KS~C 5601-1987 (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 ::
* A superset of traditional Chinese Big~5 ETen (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 ::
* A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different
* ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 ::
* A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 ::
* ANSI encoding. A superset of ISO 8859-1.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 ::
* A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 ::
* A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 ::
* A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 ::
* A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 ::
* A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 ::
* For Vietnamese. This encoding doesn't cover all necessary
* characters.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 ::
* Korean (Johab).
*/
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 0
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT 1
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL 2
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC 77
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 128
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 129
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 130
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 134
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 136
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 161
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 162
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 163
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 177
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 178
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 186
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 204
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 222
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 238
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM 255
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Windows FNT Header info. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_
{
FT_UShort version;
FT_ULong file_size;
FT_Byte copyright[60];
FT_UShort file_type;
FT_UShort nominal_point_size;
FT_UShort vertical_resolution;
FT_UShort horizontal_resolution;
FT_UShort ascent;
FT_UShort internal_leading;
FT_UShort external_leading;
FT_Byte italic;
FT_Byte underline;
FT_Byte strike_out;
FT_UShort weight;
FT_Byte charset;
FT_UShort pixel_width;
FT_UShort pixel_height;
FT_Byte pitch_and_family;
FT_UShort avg_width;
FT_UShort max_width;
FT_Byte first_char;
FT_Byte last_char;
FT_Byte default_char;
FT_Byte break_char;
FT_UShort bytes_per_row;
FT_ULong device_offset;
FT_ULong face_name_offset;
FT_ULong bits_pointer;
FT_ULong bits_offset;
FT_Byte reserved;
FT_ULong flags;
FT_UShort A_space;
FT_UShort B_space;
FT_UShort C_space;
FT_UShort color_table_offset;
FT_ULong reserved1[4];
} FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_WinFNT_Header */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_* FT_WinFNT_Header;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_WinFNT_Header
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* aheader :: The WinFNT header.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error
* otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face face,
FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec *aheader );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTWINFNT_H__ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

83
libs/include/freetype/ftxf86.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftxf86.h */
/* */
/* Support functions for X11. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTXF86_H__
#define __FTXF86_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* font_formats */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Font Formats */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Getting the font format. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The single function in this section can be used to get the font */
/* format. Note that this information is not needed normally; */
/* however, there are special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is */
/* important to differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API. */
/* */
/* This function is in the X11/xf86 namespace for historical reasons */
/* and in no way depends on that windowing system. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_X11_Font_Format */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a string describing the format of a given face, using values */
/* which can be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY. Possible values are */
/* `TrueType', `Type~1', `BDF', `PCF', `Type~42', `CID~Type~1', `CFF', */
/* `PFR', and `Windows~FNT'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: */
/* Input face handle. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* Font format string. NULL in case of error. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTXF86_H__ */

662
libs/include/freetype/t1tables.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,662 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* t1tables.h */
/* */
/* Basic Type 1/Type 2 tables definitions and interface (specification */
/* only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2004, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2011 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __T1TABLES_H__
#define __T1TABLES_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* type1_tables */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Type 1 Tables */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Type~1 (PostScript) specific font tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the definition of Type 1-specific tables, */
/* including structures related to other PostScript font formats. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* Note that we separate font data in PS_FontInfoRec and PS_PrivateRec */
/* structures in order to support Multiple Master fonts. */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_FontInfoRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 FontInfo dictionary. */
/* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */
/* FontInfo dictionary. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_
{
FT_String* version;
FT_String* notice;
FT_String* full_name;
FT_String* family_name;
FT_String* weight;
FT_Long italic_angle;
FT_Bool is_fixed_pitch;
FT_Short underline_position;
FT_UShort underline_thickness;
} PS_FontInfoRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_FontInfo */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @PS_FontInfoRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_* PS_FontInfo;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* T1_FontInfo */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @PS_FontInfoRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef PS_FontInfoRec T1_FontInfo;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_PrivateRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 private dictionary. */
/* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */
/* Private dictionary. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_
{
FT_Int unique_id;
FT_Int lenIV;
FT_Byte num_blue_values;
FT_Byte num_other_blues;
FT_Byte num_family_blues;
FT_Byte num_family_other_blues;
FT_Short blue_values[14];
FT_Short other_blues[10];
FT_Short family_blues [14];
FT_Short family_other_blues[10];
FT_Fixed blue_scale;
FT_Int blue_shift;
FT_Int blue_fuzz;
FT_UShort standard_width[1];
FT_UShort standard_height[1];
FT_Byte num_snap_widths;
FT_Byte num_snap_heights;
FT_Bool force_bold;
FT_Bool round_stem_up;
FT_Short snap_widths [13]; /* including std width */
FT_Short snap_heights[13]; /* including std height */
FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
FT_Long language_group;
FT_Long password;
FT_Short min_feature[2];
} PS_PrivateRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_Private */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @PS_PrivateRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_* PS_Private;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* T1_Private */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @PS_PrivateRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef PS_PrivateRec T1_Private;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* T1_Blend_Flags */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a */
/* given blend dictionary (font info or private). Used to support */
/* Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
typedef enum T1_Blend_Flags_
{
/*# required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */
T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0,
T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS,
T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE,
/*# required fields in a Private blend dictionary */
T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES,
T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH,
T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT,
T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS,
T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS,
T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE,
T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT,
T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD,
/*# never remove */
T1_BLEND_MAX
} T1_Blend_Flags;
/* */
/*# backwards compatible definitions */
#define t1_blend_underline_position T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION
#define t1_blend_underline_thickness T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
#define t1_blend_italic_angle T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE
#define t1_blend_blue_values T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES
#define t1_blend_other_blues T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES
#define t1_blend_standard_widths T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH
#define t1_blend_standard_height T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT
#define t1_blend_stem_snap_widths T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS
#define t1_blend_stem_snap_heights T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS
#define t1_blend_blue_scale T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE
#define t1_blend_blue_shift T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT
#define t1_blend_family_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES
#define t1_blend_family_other_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES
#define t1_blend_force_bold T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD
#define t1_blend_max T1_BLEND_MAX
/* maximum number of Multiple Masters designs, as defined in the spec */
#define T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS 16
/* maximum number of Multiple Masters axes, as defined in the spec */
#define T1_MAX_MM_AXIS 4
/* maximum number of elements in a design map */
#define T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS 20
/* this structure is used to store the BlendDesignMap entry for an axis */
typedef struct PS_DesignMap_
{
FT_Byte num_points;
FT_Long* design_points;
FT_Fixed* blend_points;
} PS_DesignMapRec, *PS_DesignMap;
/* backwards-compatible definition */
typedef PS_DesignMapRec T1_DesignMap;
typedef struct PS_BlendRec_
{
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_String* axis_names[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
FT_Fixed* design_pos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
PS_DesignMapRec design_map[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
FT_Fixed* weight_vector;
FT_Fixed* default_weight_vector;
PS_FontInfo font_infos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
PS_Private privates [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
FT_ULong blend_bitflags;
FT_BBox* bboxes [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
/* since 2.3.0 */
/* undocumented, optional: the default design instance; */
/* corresponds to default_weight_vector -- */
/* num_default_design_vector == 0 means it is not present */
/* in the font and associated metrics files */
FT_UInt default_design_vector[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
FT_UInt num_default_design_vector;
} PS_BlendRec, *PS_Blend;
/* backwards-compatible definition */
typedef PS_BlendRec T1_Blend;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceDictRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_
{
PS_PrivateRec private_dict;
FT_UInt len_buildchar;
FT_Fixed forcebold_threshold;
FT_Pos stroke_width;
FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
FT_Byte paint_type;
FT_Byte font_type;
FT_Matrix font_matrix;
FT_Vector font_offset;
FT_UInt num_subrs;
FT_ULong subrmap_offset;
FT_Int sd_bytes;
} CID_FaceDictRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceDict */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @CID_FaceDictRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_* CID_FaceDict;
/* */
/* backwards-compatible definition */
typedef CID_FaceDictRec CID_FontDict;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceInfoRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to represent CID Face information. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_
{
FT_String* cid_font_name;
FT_Fixed cid_version;
FT_Int cid_font_type;
FT_String* registry;
FT_String* ordering;
FT_Int supplement;
PS_FontInfoRec font_info;
FT_BBox font_bbox;
FT_ULong uid_base;
FT_Int num_xuid;
FT_ULong xuid[16];
FT_ULong cidmap_offset;
FT_Int fd_bytes;
FT_Int gd_bytes;
FT_ULong cid_count;
FT_Int num_dicts;
CID_FaceDict font_dicts;
FT_ULong data_offset;
} CID_FaceInfoRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceInfo */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @CID_FaceInfoRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_* CID_FaceInfo;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_Info */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceInfoRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef CID_FaceInfoRec CID_Info;
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
*
* @description:
* Return true if a given face provides reliable PostScript glyph
* names. This is similar to using the @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro,
* except that certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect
* glyph name tables.
*
* When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph
* names returned by @FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* face handle
*
* @return:
* Boolean. True if glyph names are reliable.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face face );
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Info
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given
* PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* @output:
* afont_info ::
* Output font info structure pointer.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The string pointers within the font info structure are owned by
* the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
*
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function will
* return the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face face,
PS_FontInfo afont_info );
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Private
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given
* PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* @output:
* afont_private ::
* Output private dictionary structure pointer.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The string pointers within the @PS_PrivateRec structure are owned by
* the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
*
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
* the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face face,
PS_Private afont_private );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* T1_EncodingType */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An enumeration describing the `Encoding' entry in a Type 1 */
/* dictionary. */
/* */
typedef enum T1_EncodingType_
{
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE = 0,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT
} T1_EncodingType;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* PS_Dict_Keys */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An enumeration used in calls to @FT_Get_PS_Font_Value to identify */
/* the Type~1 dictionary entry to retrieve. */
/* */
typedef enum PS_Dict_Keys_
{
/* conventionally in the font dictionary */
PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FONT_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE, /* T1_EncodingType */
PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY, /* FT_String* */
/* conventionally in the font Private dictionary */
PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_SUBR, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_STD_HW, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_STD_VW, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_LEN_IV, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_PASSWORD, /* FT_Long */
PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP, /* FT_Long */
/* conventionally in the font FontInfo dictionary */
PS_DICT_VERSION, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_NOTICE, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_FULL_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_WEIGHT, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_FS_TYPE, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE, /* FT_Long */
PS_DICT_MAX = PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE
} PS_Dict_Keys;
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Value
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the value for the supplied key from a PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* key ::
* An enumeration value representing the dictionary key to retrieve.
*
* idx ::
* For array values, this specifies the index to be returned.
*
* value ::
* A pointer to memory into which to write the value.
*
* valen_len ::
* The size, in bytes, of the memory supplied for the value.
*
* @output:
* value ::
* The value matching the above key, if it exists.
*
* @return:
* The amount of memory (in bytes) required to hold the requested
* value (if it exists, -1 otherwise).
*
* @note:
* The values returned are not pointers into the internal structures of
* the face, but are `fresh' copies, so that the memory containing them
* belongs to the calling application. This also enforces the
* `read-only' nature of these values, i.e., this function cannot be
* used to manipulate the face.
*
* `value' is a void pointer because the values returned can be of
* various types.
*
* If either `value' is NULL or `value_len' is too small, just the
* required memory size for the requested entry is returned.
*
* The `idx' parameter is used, not only to retrieve elements of, for
* example, the FontMatrix or FontBBox, but also to retrieve name keys
* from the CharStrings dictionary, and the charstrings themselves. It
* is ignored for atomic values.
*
* PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE returns a value that is scaled up by 1000. To
* get the value as in the font stream, you need to divide by
* 65536000.0 (to remove the FT_Fixed scale, and the x1000 scale).
*
* IMPORTANT: Only key/value pairs read by the FreeType interpreter can
* be retrieved. So, for example, PostScript procedures such as NP,
* ND, and RD are not available. Arbitrary keys are, obviously, not be
* available either.
*
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
* the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Value( FT_Face face,
PS_Dict_Keys key,
FT_UInt idx,
void *value,
FT_Long value_len );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __T1TABLES_H__ */
/* END */

1237
libs/include/freetype/ttnameid.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

777
libs/include/freetype/tttables.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,777 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* tttables.h */
/* */
/* Basic SFNT/TrueType tables definitions and interface */
/* (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2005, 2008-2012 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __TTTABLES_H__
#define __TTTABLES_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* truetype_tables */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* TrueType Tables */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* TrueType specific table types and functions. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the definition of TrueType-specific tables */
/* as well as some routines used to access and process them. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_Header */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType font header table. All */
/* fields follow the TrueType specification. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_Header_
{
FT_Fixed Table_Version;
FT_Fixed Font_Revision;
FT_Long CheckSum_Adjust;
FT_Long Magic_Number;
FT_UShort Flags;
FT_UShort Units_Per_EM;
FT_Long Created [2];
FT_Long Modified[2];
FT_Short xMin;
FT_Short yMin;
FT_Short xMax;
FT_Short yMax;
FT_UShort Mac_Style;
FT_UShort Lowest_Rec_PPEM;
FT_Short Font_Direction;
FT_Short Index_To_Loc_Format;
FT_Short Glyph_Data_Format;
} TT_Header;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_HoriHeader */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType horizontal header, the `hhea' */
/* table, as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table, */
/* i.e., the `hmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* Version :: The table version. */
/* */
/* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
/* from the baseline to the top-most of all */
/* glyph points found in the font. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of the */
/* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoAscender' field */
/* of the OS/2 table instead if you want */
/* the correct one. */
/* */
/* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the distance */
/* from the baseline to the bottom-most of */
/* all glyph points found in the font. It */
/* is negative. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of the */
/* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */
/* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
/* want the correct one. */
/* */
/* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
/* to add to the ascender and descender to */
/* get the BTB, i.e., the */
/* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */
/* font. */
/* */
/* advance_Width_Max :: This field is the maximum of all advance */
/* widths found in the font. It can be */
/* used to compute the maximum width of an */
/* arbitrary string of text. */
/* */
/* min_Left_Side_Bearing :: The minimum left side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* min_Right_Side_Bearing :: The minimum right side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* xMax_Extent :: The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the */
/* `width' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
/* all glyphs in the font. */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope. */
/* */
/* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */
/* */
/* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */
/* */
/* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of HMetrics entries in the `hmtx' */
/* table -- this value can be smaller than */
/* the total number of glyphs in the font. */
/* */
/* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */
/* */
/* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */
/* be identical except for the names of their fields which */
/* are different. */
/* */
/* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */
/* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
/* headers. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_HoriHeader_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_Short Ascender;
FT_Short Descender;
FT_Short Line_Gap;
FT_UShort advance_Width_Max; /* advance width maximum */
FT_Short min_Left_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb */
FT_Short min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb */
FT_Short xMax_Extent; /* xmax extents */
FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
FT_Short caret_Offset;
FT_Short Reserved[4];
FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
FT_UShort number_Of_HMetrics;
/* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
/* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
/* `HMTX' table. */
void* long_metrics;
void* short_metrics;
} TT_HoriHeader;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_VertHeader */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the `vhea' */
/* table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, i.e., */
/* the `vmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* Version :: The table version. */
/* */
/* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
/* from the baseline to the top-most of */
/* all glyph points found in the font. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of */
/* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */
/* ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoAscender' */
/* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
/* want the correct one. */
/* */
/* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the */
/* distance from the baseline to the */
/* bottom-most of all glyph points found */
/* in the font. It is negative. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of */
/* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */
/* ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */
/* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
/* want the correct one. */
/* */
/* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
/* to add to the ascender and descender to */
/* get the BTB, i.e., the */
/* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */
/* font. */
/* */
/* advance_Height_Max :: This field is the maximum of all */
/* advance heights found in the font. It */
/* can be used to compute the maximum */
/* height of an arbitrary string of text. */
/* */
/* min_Top_Side_Bearing :: The minimum top side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* min_Bottom_Side_Bearing :: The minimum bottom side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* yMax_Extent :: The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the */
/* `height' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
/* all glyphs in the font. */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope. */
/* */
/* caret_Offset :: The cursor's offset for slanted fonts. */
/* This value is `reserved' in vmtx */
/* version 1.0. */
/* */
/* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */
/* */
/* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */
/* */
/* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of VMetrics entries in the */
/* `vmtx' table -- this value can be */
/* smaller than the total number of glyphs */
/* in the font. */
/* */
/* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */
/* */
/* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */
/* be identical except for the names of their fields which */
/* are different. */
/* */
/* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */
/* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
/* headers. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_VertHeader_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_Short Ascender;
FT_Short Descender;
FT_Short Line_Gap;
FT_UShort advance_Height_Max; /* advance height maximum */
FT_Short min_Top_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb or top-sb */
FT_Short min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb or bottom-sb */
FT_Short yMax_Extent; /* xmax or ymax extents */
FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
FT_Short caret_Offset;
FT_Short Reserved[4];
FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
FT_UShort number_Of_VMetrics;
/* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
/* but they're used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
/* `HMTX' or `VMTX' table. */
void* long_metrics;
void* short_metrics;
} TT_VertHeader;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_OS2 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType OS/2 table. This is the long */
/* table version. All fields comply to the TrueType specification. */
/* */
/* Note that we now support old Mac fonts which do not include an */
/* OS/2 table. In this case, the `version' field is always set to */
/* 0xFFFF. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_OS2_
{
FT_UShort version; /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */
FT_Short xAvgCharWidth;
FT_UShort usWeightClass;
FT_UShort usWidthClass;
FT_Short fsType;
FT_Short ySubscriptXSize;
FT_Short ySubscriptYSize;
FT_Short ySubscriptXOffset;
FT_Short ySubscriptYOffset;
FT_Short ySuperscriptXSize;
FT_Short ySuperscriptYSize;
FT_Short ySuperscriptXOffset;
FT_Short ySuperscriptYOffset;
FT_Short yStrikeoutSize;
FT_Short yStrikeoutPosition;
FT_Short sFamilyClass;
FT_Byte panose[10];
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange3; /* Bits 64-95 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange4; /* Bits 96-127 */
FT_Char achVendID[4];
FT_UShort fsSelection;
FT_UShort usFirstCharIndex;
FT_UShort usLastCharIndex;
FT_Short sTypoAscender;
FT_Short sTypoDescender;
FT_Short sTypoLineGap;
FT_UShort usWinAscent;
FT_UShort usWinDescent;
/* only version 1 tables: */
FT_ULong ulCodePageRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
FT_ULong ulCodePageRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
/* only version 2 tables: */
FT_Short sxHeight;
FT_Short sCapHeight;
FT_UShort usDefaultChar;
FT_UShort usBreakChar;
FT_UShort usMaxContext;
} TT_OS2;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_Postscript */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType PostScript table. All fields */
/* comply to the TrueType specification. This structure does not */
/* reference the PostScript glyph names, which can be nevertheless */
/* accessed with the `ttpost' module. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_Postscript_
{
FT_Fixed FormatType;
FT_Fixed italicAngle;
FT_Short underlinePosition;
FT_Short underlineThickness;
FT_ULong isFixedPitch;
FT_ULong minMemType42;
FT_ULong maxMemType42;
FT_ULong minMemType1;
FT_ULong maxMemType1;
/* Glyph names follow in the file, but we don't */
/* load them by default. See the ttpost.c file. */
} TT_Postscript;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_PCLT */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType PCLT table. All fields */
/* comply to the TrueType specification. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_PCLT_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_ULong FontNumber;
FT_UShort Pitch;
FT_UShort xHeight;
FT_UShort Style;
FT_UShort TypeFamily;
FT_UShort CapHeight;
FT_UShort SymbolSet;
FT_Char TypeFace[16];
FT_Char CharacterComplement[8];
FT_Char FileName[6];
FT_Char StrokeWeight;
FT_Char WidthType;
FT_Byte SerifStyle;
FT_Byte Reserved;
} TT_PCLT;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_MaxProfile */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The maximum profile is a table containing many max values which */
/* can be used to pre-allocate arrays. This ensures that no memory */
/* allocation occurs during a glyph load. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* version :: The version number. */
/* */
/* numGlyphs :: The number of glyphs in this TrueType */
/* font. */
/* */
/* maxPoints :: The maximum number of points in a */
/* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */
/* the structure element */
/* `maxCompositePoints'. */
/* */
/* maxContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */
/* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */
/* the structure element */
/* `maxCompositeContours'. */
/* */
/* maxCompositePoints :: The maximum number of points in a */
/* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */
/* structure element `maxPoints'. */
/* */
/* maxCompositeContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */
/* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */
/* structure element `maxContours'. */
/* */
/* maxZones :: The maximum number of zones used for */
/* glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxTwilightPoints :: The maximum number of points in the */
/* twilight zone used for glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxStorage :: The maximum number of elements in the */
/* storage area used for glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxFunctionDefs :: The maximum number of function */
/* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */
/* this font. */
/* */
/* maxInstructionDefs :: The maximum number of instruction */
/* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */
/* this font. */
/* */
/* maxStackElements :: The maximum number of stack elements used */
/* during bytecode interpretation. */
/* */
/* maxSizeOfInstructions :: The maximum number of TrueType opcodes */
/* used for glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxComponentElements :: The maximum number of simple (i.e., non- */
/* composite) glyphs in a composite glyph. */
/* */
/* maxComponentDepth :: The maximum nesting depth of composite */
/* glyphs. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This structure is only used during font loading. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_MaxProfile_
{
FT_Fixed version;
FT_UShort numGlyphs;
FT_UShort maxPoints;
FT_UShort maxContours;
FT_UShort maxCompositePoints;
FT_UShort maxCompositeContours;
FT_UShort maxZones;
FT_UShort maxTwilightPoints;
FT_UShort maxStorage;
FT_UShort maxFunctionDefs;
FT_UShort maxInstructionDefs;
FT_UShort maxStackElements;
FT_UShort maxSizeOfInstructions;
FT_UShort maxComponentElements;
FT_UShort maxComponentDepth;
} TT_MaxProfile;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_Sfnt_Tag */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An enumeration used to specify the index of an SFNT table. */
/* Used in the @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function. */
/* */
typedef enum FT_Sfnt_Tag_
{
ft_sfnt_head = 0, /* TT_Header */
ft_sfnt_maxp = 1, /* TT_MaxProfile */
ft_sfnt_os2 = 2, /* TT_OS2 */
ft_sfnt_hhea = 3, /* TT_HoriHeader */
ft_sfnt_vhea = 4, /* TT_VertHeader */
ft_sfnt_post = 5, /* TT_Postscript */
ft_sfnt_pclt = 6, /* TT_PCLT */
sfnt_max /* internal end mark */
} FT_Sfnt_Tag;
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a pointer to a given SFNT table within a face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source. */
/* */
/* tag :: The index of the SFNT table. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A type-less pointer to the table. This will be~0 in case of */
/* error, or if the corresponding table was not found *OR* loaded */
/* from the file. */
/* */
/* Use a typecast according to `tag' to access the structure */
/* elements. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it. */
/* */
/* This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded */
/* by the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers. See @FT_Sfnt_Tag for */
/* a list. */
/* */
/* Here an example how to access the `vhea' table: */
/* */
/* { */
/* TT_VertHeader* vert_header; */
/* */
/* */
/* vert_header = */
/* (TT_VertHeader*)FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( face, ft_sfnt_vhea ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void* )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
FT_Sfnt_Tag tag );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Load_Sfnt_Table
*
* @description:
* Load any font table into client memory.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* tag ::
* The four-byte tag of the table to load. Use the value~0 if you want
* to access the whole font file. Otherwise, you can use one of the
* definitions found in the @FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new
* one with @FT_MAKE_TAG.
*
* offset ::
* The starting offset in the table (or file if tag == 0).
*
* @output:
* buffer ::
* The target buffer address. The client must ensure that the memory
* array is big enough to hold the data.
*
* @inout:
* length ::
* If the `length' parameter is NULL, then try to load the whole table.
* Return an error code if it fails.
*
* Else, if `*length' is~0, exit immediately while returning the
* table's (or file) full size in it.
*
* Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the
* starting offset.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this
* function with `*length' set to~0, as in the following example:
*
* {
* FT_ULong length = 0;
*
*
* error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length );
* if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... }
*
* buffer = malloc( length );
* if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... }
*
* error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length );
* if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... }
* }
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
FT_ULong tag,
FT_Long offset,
FT_Byte* buffer,
FT_ULong* length );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Sfnt_Table_Info
*
* @description:
* Return information on an SFNT table.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* table_index ::
* The index of an SFNT table. The function returns
* FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value.
*
* @inout:
* tag ::
* The name tag of the SFNT table. If the value is NULL, `table_index'
* is ignored, and `length' returns the number of SFNT tables in the
* font.
*
* @output:
* length ::
* The length of the SFNT table (or the number of SFNT tables, depending
* on `tag').
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* While parsing fonts, FreeType handles SFNT tables with length zero as
* missing.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt table_index,
FT_ULong *tag,
FT_ULong *length );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap language ID. Definitions of */
/* language ID values are in `freetype/ttnameid.h'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* charmap :: */
/* The target charmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The language ID of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */
/* TrueType/sfnt face, just return~0 as the default value. */
/* */
/* For a format~14 cmap (to access Unicode IVS), the return value is */
/* 0xFFFFFFFF. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap charmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Format */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap format. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* charmap :: */
/* The target charmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The format of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */
/* TrueType/sfnt face, return -1. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap charmap );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __TTTABLES_H__ */
/* END */

107
libs/include/freetype/tttags.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* tttags.h */
/* */
/* Tags for TrueType and OpenType tables (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __TTAGS_H__
#define __TTAGS_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
#define TTAG_avar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_BASE FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'A', 'S', 'E' )
#define TTAG_bdat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'd', 'a', 't' )
#define TTAG_BDF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'D', 'F', ' ' )
#define TTAG_bhed FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'h', 'e', 'd' )
#define TTAG_bloc FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'o', 'c' )
#define TTAG_bsln FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 's', 'l', 'n' )
#define TTAG_CFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', ' ' )
#define TTAG_CID FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'I', 'D', ' ' )
#define TTAG_cmap FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' )
#define TTAG_cvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_cvt FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 't', ' ' )
#define TTAG_DSIG FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'S', 'I', 'G' )
#define TTAG_EBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
#define TTAG_EBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
#define TTAG_EBSC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'S', 'C' )
#define TTAG_feat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'e', 'a', 't' )
#define TTAG_FOND FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' )
#define TTAG_fpgm FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'p', 'g', 'm' )
#define TTAG_fvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_gasp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'a', 's', 'p' )
#define TTAG_GDEF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'D', 'E', 'F' )
#define TTAG_glyf FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'f' )
#define TTAG_GPOS FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'P', 'O', 'S' )
#define TTAG_GSUB FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'S', 'U', 'B' )
#define TTAG_gvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_hdmx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'd', 'm', 'x' )
#define TTAG_head FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'a', 'd' )
#define TTAG_hhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
#define TTAG_hmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'm', 't', 'x' )
#define TTAG_JSTF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'J', 'S', 'T', 'F' )
#define TTAG_just FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'u', 's', 't' )
#define TTAG_kern FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'e', 'r', 'n' )
#define TTAG_lcar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_loca FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'a' )
#define TTAG_LTSH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'T', 'S', 'H' )
#define TTAG_LWFN FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'W', 'F', 'N' )
#define TTAG_MATH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'A', 'T', 'H' )
#define TTAG_maxp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'a', 'x', 'p' )
#define TTAG_META FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'E', 'T', 'A' )
#define TTAG_MMFX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'F', 'X' )
#define TTAG_MMSD FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'S', 'D' )
#define TTAG_mort FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 't' )
#define TTAG_morx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 'x' )
#define TTAG_name FT_MAKE_TAG( 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e' )
#define TTAG_opbd FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 'b', 'd' )
#define TTAG_OS2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'S', '/', '2' )
#define TTAG_OTTO FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' )
#define TTAG_PCLT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'C', 'L', 'T' )
#define TTAG_POST FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' )
#define TTAG_post FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'o', 's', 't' )
#define TTAG_prep FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'p' )
#define TTAG_prop FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'o', 'p' )
#define TTAG_sfnt FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' )
#define TTAG_SING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'I', 'N', 'G' )
#define TTAG_trak FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'a', 'k' )
#define TTAG_true FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'u', 'e' )
#define TTAG_ttc FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', ' ' )
#define TTAG_ttcf FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', 'f' )
#define TTAG_TYP1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'T', 'Y', 'P', '1' )
#define TTAG_typ1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'y', 'p', '1' )
#define TTAG_VDMX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'D', 'M', 'X' )
#define TTAG_vhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
#define TTAG_vmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'm', 't', 'x' )
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __TTAGS_H__ */
/* END */

59
libs/include/freetype/ttunpat.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ttunpat.h */
/* */
/* Definitions for the unpatented TrueType hinting system */
/* */
/* Copyright 2003, 2006 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* Written by Graham Asher <graham.asher@btinternet.com> */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __TTUNPAT_H__
#define __TTUNPAT_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure to indicate
* that unpatented methods only should be used by the TrueType bytecode
* interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __TTUNPAT_H__ */
/* END */

61
libs/include/ft2build.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ft2build.h */
/* */
/* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2006 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This is a Unix-specific version of <ft2build.h> that should be used */
/* exclusively *after* installation of the library. */
/* */
/* It assumes that `/usr/local/include/freetype2' (or whatever is */
/* returned by the `freetype-config --cflags' or `pkg-config --cflags' */
/* command) is in your compilation include path. */
/* */
/* We don't need to do anything special in this release. However, for */
/* a future FreeType 2 release, the following installation changes will */
/* be performed: */
/* */
/* - The contents of `freetype-2.x/include/freetype' will be installed */
/* to `/usr/local/include/freetype2' instead of */
/* `/usr/local/include/freetype2/freetype'. */
/* */
/* - This file will #include <freetype2/config/ftheader.h>, instead */
/* of <freetype/config/ftheader.h>. */
/* */
/* - The contents of `ftheader.h' will be processed with `sed' to */
/* replace all `<freetype/xxx>' with `<freetype2/xxx>'. */
/* */
/* - Adding `/usr/local/include/freetype2' to your compilation include */
/* path will not be necessary anymore. */
/* */
/* These changes will be transparent to client applications which use */
/* freetype-config (or pkg-config). No modifications will be necessary */
/* to compile with the new scheme. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__
#define __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__
/* `<prefix>/include/freetype2' must be in your current inclusion path */
#include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>
#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__ */
/* END */

257
libs/include/grrlib.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @file GRRLIB.h
* GRRLIB user include file.
*/
/**
* @defgroup AllFunc Everything in GRRLIB
* This is the complete list of functions, structures, defines, typedefs, enumerations and variables you may want to used to make your homebrew with GRRLIB.
* You simply need to include grrlib.h in your project to have access to all of these.
* @{
*/
#ifndef __GRRLIB_H__
#define __GRRLIB_H__
/**
* Version information for GRRLIB.
*/
#define GRRLIB_VER_STRING "4.3.2"
//==============================================================================
// Includes
//==============================================================================
#include <gccore.h>
//==============================================================================
//==============================================================================
// C++ header
//==============================================================================
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif /* __cplusplus */
//==============================================================================
// Extra standard declarations
//==============================================================================
typedef unsigned int uint;/**< The uint keyword signifies an integral type. */
//==============================================================================
// Primitive colour macros
//==============================================================================
#define R(c) (((c) >>24) &0xFF) /**< Extract red component of colour. */
#define G(c) (((c) >>16) &0xFF) /**< Extract green component of colour. */
#define B(c) (((c) >> 8) &0xFF) /**< Extract blue component of colour. */
#define A(c) ( (c) &0xFF) /**< Extract alpha component of colour. */
/**
* Build an RGB pixel from components.
* @param r Red component.
* @param g Green component.
* @param b Blue component.
* @param a Alpha component.
*/
#define RGBA(r,g,b,a) ( (u32)( ( ((u32)(r)) <<24) | \
((((u32)(g)) &0xFF) <<16) | \
((((u32)(b)) &0xFF) << 8) | \
( ((u32)(a)) &0xFF ) ) )
//==============================================================================
// typedefs, enumerators & structs
//==============================================================================
/**
* GRRLIB Blending Modes.
*/
typedef enum GRRLIB_blendMode {
GRRLIB_BLEND_ALPHA = 0, /**< Alpha Blending. */
GRRLIB_BLEND_ADD = 1, /**< Additive Blending. */
GRRLIB_BLEND_SCREEN = 2, /**< Alpha Light Blending. */
GRRLIB_BLEND_MULTI = 3, /**< Multiply Blending. */
GRRLIB_BLEND_INV = 4, /**< Invert Color Blending. */
} GRRLIB_blendMode;
#define GRRLIB_BLEND_NONE (GRRLIB_BLEND_ALPHA) /**< Alias for GRRLIB_BLEND_ALPHA. */
#define GRRLIB_BLEND_LIGHT (GRRLIB_BLEND_ADD) /**< Alias for GRRLIB_BLEND_ADD. */
#define GRRLIB_BLEND_SHADE (GRRLIB_BLEND_MULTI) /**< Alias for GRRLIB_BLEND_MULTI. */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/**
* Structure to hold the current drawing settings.
*/
typedef struct GRRLIB_drawSettings {
bool antialias; /**< AntiAlias is enabled when set to true. */
GRRLIB_blendMode blend; /**< Blending Mode. */
int lights; /**< Active lights. */
} GRRLIB_drawSettings;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/**
* Structure to hold the texture information.
*/
typedef struct GRRLIB_texImg {
uint w; /**< The width of the texture in pixels. */
uint h; /**< The height of the texture in pixels. */
int handlex; /**< Texture handle x. */
int handley; /**< Texture handle y. */
int offsetx; /**< Texture offset x. */
int offsety; /**< Texture offset y. */
bool tiledtex; /**< Texture is tiled if set to true. */
uint tilew; /**< The width of one tile in pixels. */
uint tileh; /**< The height of one tile in pixels. */
uint nbtilew; /**< Number of tiles for the x axis. */
uint nbtileh; /**< Number of tiles for the y axis. */
uint tilestart; /**< Offset to tile starting position. */
f32 ofnormaltexx;/**< Offset of normalized texture on x. */
f32 ofnormaltexy;/**< Offset of normalized texture on y. */
void *data; /**< Pointer to the texture data. */
} GRRLIB_texImg;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/**
* Structure to hold the bytemap character information.
*/
typedef struct GRRLIB_bytemapChar {
u8 width; /**< Character width. */
u8 height; /**< Character height. */
s8 relx; /**< Horizontal offset relative to cursor (-128 to 127). */
s8 rely; /**< Vertical offset relative to cursor (-128 to 127). */
u8 kerning; /**< Kerning (Horizontal cursor shift after drawing the character). */
u8 *data; /**< Character data (uncompressed, 8 bits per pixel). */
} GRRLIB_bytemapChar;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/**
* Structure to hold the bytemap font information.
*/
typedef struct GRRLIB_bytemapFont {
char *name; /**< Font name. */
u32 *palette; /**< Font palette. */
u16 nbChar; /**< Number of characters in font. */
u8 version; /**< Version. */
s8 tracking; /**< Tracking (Add-space after each char) (-128 to 127). */
GRRLIB_bytemapChar charDef[256]; /**< Array of bitmap characters. */
} GRRLIB_bytemapFont;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/**
* Structure to hold the TTF information.
*/
typedef struct GRRLIB_Font {
void *face; /**< A TTF face object. */
bool kerning; /**< true whenever a face object contains kerning data that can be accessed with FT_Get_Kerning. */
} GRRLIB_ttfFont;
//==============================================================================
// Allow general access to screen and frame information
//==============================================================================
#if defined __GRRLIB_CORE__
# define GRR_EXTERN
# define GRR_INIT(v) = v
# define GRR_INITS(...) = { __VA_ARGS__ }
#else
# define GRR_EXTERN extern
# define GRR_INIT(v)
# define GRR_INITS(...)
#endif
GRR_EXTERN GXRModeObj *rmode;
GRR_EXTERN void *xfb[2] GRR_INITS(NULL, NULL);
GRR_EXTERN u32 fb GRR_INIT(0);
//==============================================================================
// procedure and function prototypes
// Inline function handling - http://www.greenend.org.uk/rjk/2003/03/inline.html
//==============================================================================
#include "grrlib/GRRLIB__lib.h"
#if defined __GRRLIB_CORE__
# define INLINE
#else
# if __GNUC__ && !__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
# define INLINE static inline
# else
# define INLINE inline
# endif
#endif
#include "grrlib/GRRLIB__inline.h"
//==============================================================================
// C++ footer
//==============================================================================
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif /* __cplusplus */
#endif // __GRRLIB_H__
/** @} */ // end of group
/**
* @mainpage GRRLIB Documentation
* @image html grrlib_logo.png
* Welcome to the GRRLIB documentation.
* A complete list of functions is available from this \ref AllFunc "page".
*
* @section Introduction
* GRRLIB is a C/C++ 2D/3D graphics library for Wii application developers.
* It is essentially a wrapper which presents a friendly interface to the Nintendo GX core.
*
* @section Links
* Forum: http://grrlib.santo.fr/forum\n
* Code: http://code.google.com/p/grrlib\n
* IRC: <a href="irc://irc.efnet.net/grrlib">#GRRLIB</a> on EFnet
*
* @section Credits
* Project Leader : NoNameNo\n
* Documentation : Crayon, BlueChip\n
* Lead Coder : NoNameNo\n
* Support Coders : Crayon, Xane, DragonMinded, BlueChip\n
* Advisors : RedShade, Jespa\n
*
* @section Licence
* Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
* of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
* in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
* to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
* all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
* AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
* THE SOFTWARE.
*
* @example template/source/main.c
* This example shows the minimum code required to use GRRLIB.
* It could be used as a template to start a new project.
* More elaborate examples can be found inside the \e examples folder.
*/

134
libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB__inline.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @file GRRLIB__inline.h
* GRRLIB inline function prototypes.
* Do not include GRRLIB__inline.h directly, include only GRRLIB.h.
*/
/**
* @addtogroup AllFunc
* @{
*/
#ifndef __GRRLIB_H__
# error Do not include GRRLIB__inline.h directly, include only GRRLIB.h
#endif
#ifndef __GRRLIB_FNINLINE_H__
#define __GRRLIB_FNINLINE_H__
//==============================================================================
// Prototypes for inlined functions
//==============================================================================
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GRRLIB_clipping.h - Clipping control
INLINE void GRRLIB_ClipReset (void);
INLINE void GRRLIB_ClipDrawing (const int x, const int y,
const int width, const int height);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GRRLIB_collision.h - Collision detection
INLINE bool GRRLIB_PtInRect (const int hotx, const int hoty,
const int hotw, const int hoth,
const int wpadx, const int wpady);
INLINE bool GRRLIB_RectInRect (const int rect1x, const int rect1y,
const int rect1w, const int rect1h,
const int rect2x, const int rect2y,
const int rect2w, const int rect2h);
INLINE bool GRRLIB_RectOnRect (const int rect1x, const int rect1y,
const int rect1w, const int rect1h,
const int rect2x, const int rect2y,
const int rect2w, const int rect2h);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GRRLIB_fbComplex.h -
INLINE void GRRLIB_NPlot (const guVector v[], const u32 color[],
const long n);
INLINE void GRRLIB_NGone (const guVector v[], const u32 color[],
const long n);
INLINE void GRRLIB_NGoneFilled (const guVector v[], const u32 color[],
const long n);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GRRLIB_fbGX.h -
INLINE void GRRLIB_GXEngine (const guVector v[], const u32 color[],
const long n, const u8 fmt);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GRRLIB_fbSimple.h -
INLINE void GRRLIB_FillScreen (const u32 color);
INLINE void GRRLIB_Plot (const f32 x, const f32 y, const u32 color);
INLINE void GRRLIB_Line (const f32 x1, const f32 y1,
const f32 x2, const f32 y2, const u32 color);
INLINE void GRRLIB_Rectangle (const f32 x, const f32 y,
const f32 width, const f32 height,
const u32 color, const bool filled);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GRRLIB_handle.h - Texture handle manipulation
INLINE void GRRLIB_SetHandle (GRRLIB_texImg *tex, const int x, const int y);
INLINE void GRRLIB_SetMidHandle (GRRLIB_texImg *tex, const bool enabled);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GRRLIB_pixel.h - Pixel manipulation
INLINE u32 GRRLIB_GetPixelFromtexImg (const int x, const int y,
const GRRLIB_texImg *tex);
INLINE void GRRLIB_SetPixelTotexImg (const int x, const int y,
GRRLIB_texImg *tex, const u32 color);
INLINE u32 GRRLIB_GetPixelFromFB (int x, int y);
INLINE void GRRLIB_SetPixelToFB (int x, int y, u32 pokeColor);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GRRLIB_settings.h - Rendering functions
INLINE void GRRLIB_SetBlend (const GRRLIB_blendMode blendmode);
INLINE GRRLIB_blendMode GRRLIB_GetBlend (void);
INLINE void GRRLIB_SetAntiAliasing (const bool aa);
INLINE bool GRRLIB_GetAntiAliasing (void);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GRRLIB_texSetup.h - Create and setup textures
INLINE GRRLIB_texImg* GRRLIB_CreateEmptyTexture (const uint w, const uint h);
INLINE void GRRLIB_ClearTex (GRRLIB_texImg* tex);
INLINE void GRRLIB_FlushTex (GRRLIB_texImg *tex);
INLINE void GRRLIB_FreeTexture (GRRLIB_texImg *tex);
//==============================================================================
// Definitions of inlined functions
//==============================================================================
#include <grrlib/GRRLIB_clipping.h> // Clipping control
#include <grrlib/GRRLIB_collision.h> // Collision detection
#include <grrlib/GRRLIB_fbComplex.h> // Render to framebuffer: Complex primitives
#include <grrlib/GRRLIB_fbGX.h> // Render to framebuffer: Simple GX wrapper
#include <grrlib/GRRLIB_fbSimple.h> // Render to framebuffer: Simple primitives
#include <grrlib/GRRLIB_handle.h> // Texture handle manipulation
#include <grrlib/GRRLIB_pixel.h> // Pixel manipulation
#include <grrlib/GRRLIB_settings.h> // GRRLIB Settings
#include <grrlib/GRRLIB_texSetup.h> // Setup for textures
#endif // __GRRLIB_FNINLINE_H__
/** @} */ // end of group

183
libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB__lib.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @file GRRLIB__lib.h
* GRRLIB library function prototypes.
* Do not include GRRLIB__lib.h directly, include only GRRLIB.h.
*/
/**
* @addtogroup AllFunc
* @{
*/
#ifndef __GRRLIB_H__
# error Do not include GRRLIB__lib.h directly, include only GRRLIB.h
#endif
#ifndef __GRRLIB_FNLIB_H__
#define __GRRLIB_FNLIB_H__
//==============================================================================
// Prototypes for library contained functions
//==============================================================================
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GRRLIB_bmf.c - BitMapFont functions
GRRLIB_bytemapFont* GRRLIB_LoadBMF (const u8 my_bmf[] );
void GRRLIB_FreeBMF (GRRLIB_bytemapFont *bmf);
void GRRLIB_InitTileSet (GRRLIB_texImg *tex,
const uint tilew, const uint tileh,
const uint tilestart);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GRRLIB_bmfx.c - Bitmap f/x
void GRRLIB_BMFX_FlipH (const GRRLIB_texImg *texsrc,
GRRLIB_texImg *texdest);
void GRRLIB_BMFX_FlipV (const GRRLIB_texImg *texsrc,
GRRLIB_texImg *texdest);
void GRRLIB_BMFX_Grayscale (const GRRLIB_texImg *texsrc,
GRRLIB_texImg *texdest);
void GRRLIB_BMFX_Sepia (const GRRLIB_texImg *texsrc,
GRRLIB_texImg *texdest);
void GRRLIB_BMFX_Invert (const GRRLIB_texImg *texsrc,
GRRLIB_texImg *texdest);
void GRRLIB_BMFX_Blur (const GRRLIB_texImg *texsrc,
GRRLIB_texImg *texdest, const u32 factor);
void GRRLIB_BMFX_Scatter (const GRRLIB_texImg *texsrc,
GRRLIB_texImg *texdest, const u32 factor);
void GRRLIB_BMFX_Pixelate (const GRRLIB_texImg *texsrc,
GRRLIB_texImg *texdest, const u32 factor);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GRRLIB_core.c - GRRLIB core functions
int GRRLIB_Init (void);
void GRRLIB_Exit (void);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GRRLIB_fbAdvanced.c - Render to framebuffer: Advanced primitives
void GRRLIB_Circle (const f32 x, const f32 y, const f32 radius,
const u32 color, const u8 filled);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GRRLIB_fileIO - File I/O (SD Card)
int GRRLIB_LoadFile (const char* filename,
unsigned char* *data);
GRRLIB_texImg* GRRLIB_LoadTextureFromFile (const char* filename);
bool GRRLIB_ScrShot (const char* filename);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GRRLIB_print.c - Will someone please tell me what these are :)
void GRRLIB_Printf (const f32 xpos, const f32 ypos,
const GRRLIB_texImg *tex, const u32 color,
const f32 zoom, const char *text, ...);
void GRRLIB_PrintBMF (const f32 xpos, const f32 ypos,
const GRRLIB_bytemapFont *bmf,
const char *text, ...);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GRRLIB_render.c - Rendering functions
void GRRLIB_DrawImg (const f32 xpos, const f32 ypos, const GRRLIB_texImg *tex,
const f32 degrees, const f32 scaleX, const f32 scaleY,
const u32 color);
void GRRLIB_DrawImgQuad (const guVector pos[4], GRRLIB_texImg *tex,
const u32 color);
void GRRLIB_DrawTile (const f32 xpos, const f32 ypos, const GRRLIB_texImg *tex,
const f32 degrees, const f32 scaleX, const f32 scaleY,
const u32 color, const int frame);
void GRRLIB_DrawPart (const f32 xpos, const f32 ypos, const f32 partx, const f32 party,
const f32 partw, const f32 parth, const GRRLIB_texImg *tex,
const f32 degrees, const f32 scaleX, const f32 scaleY,
const u32 color);
void GRRLIB_DrawTileQuad (const guVector pos[4], GRRLIB_texImg *tex, const u32 color, const int frame);
void GRRLIB_Render (void);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GRRLIB_snapshot.c - Create a texture containing a snapshot of a part of the framebuffer
void GRRLIB_Screen2Texture (int posx, int posy, GRRLIB_texImg *tex, bool clear);
void GRRLIB_CompoStart (void);
void GRRLIB_CompoEnd(int posx, int posy, GRRLIB_texImg *tex);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GRRLIB_texEdit.c - Modifying the content of a texture
GRRLIB_texImg* GRRLIB_LoadTexture (const u8 *my_img);
GRRLIB_texImg* GRRLIB_LoadTexturePNG (const u8 *my_png);
GRRLIB_texImg* GRRLIB_LoadTextureJPG (const u8 *my_jpg);
GRRLIB_texImg* GRRLIB_LoadTextureJPGEx (const u8 *my_jpg, const int);
GRRLIB_texImg* GRRLIB_LoadTextureBMP (const u8 *my_bmp);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GRRLIB_gecko.c - USB_Gecko output facilities
bool GRRLIB_GeckoInit();
void GRRLIB_GeckoPrintf (const char *text, ...);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GRRLIB_3D.c - 3D functions for GRRLIB
void GRRLIB_SetBackgroundColour(u8 r, u8 g, u8 b, u8 a);
void GRRLIB_Camera3dSettings(f32 posx, f32 posy, f32 posz, f32 upx, f32 upy, f32 upz, f32 lookx, f32 looky, f32 lookz);
void GRRLIB_3dMode(f32 minDist, f32 maxDist, f32 fov, bool texturemode, bool normalmode);
void GRRLIB_2dMode();
void GRRLIB_ObjectViewBegin(void);
void GRRLIB_ObjectViewScale(f32 scalx, f32 scaly, f32 scalz);
void GRRLIB_ObjectViewRotate(f32 angx, f32 angy, f32 angz);
void GRRLIB_ObjectViewTrans(f32 posx, f32 posy, f32 posz);
void GRRLIB_ObjectViewEnd(void);
void GRRLIB_ObjectView(f32 posx, f32 posy, f32 posz, f32 angx, f32 angy, f32 angz, f32 scalx, f32 scaly, f32 scalz);
void GRRLIB_ObjectViewInv(f32 posx, f32 posy, f32 posz, f32 angx, f32 angy, f32 angz, f32 scalx, f32 scaly, f32 scalz);
void GRRLIB_SetTexture(GRRLIB_texImg *tex, bool rep);
void GRRLIB_DrawTorus(f32 r, f32 R, int nsides, int rings, bool filled, u32 col);
void GRRLIB_DrawSphere(f32 r, int lats, int longs, bool filled, u32 col);
void GRRLIB_DrawCube(f32 size, bool filled, u32 col);
void GRRLIB_DrawCylinder(f32 r, f32 h, int d, bool filled, u32 col);
void GRRLIB_DrawCone(f32 r, f32 h, int d, bool filled, u32 col);
void GRRLIB_DrawTessPanel(f32 w, f32 wstep, f32 h, f32 hstep, bool filled, u32 col);
void GRRLIB_SetLightAmbient(u32 ambientcolor);
void GRRLIB_SetLightDiff(u8 num, guVector pos, f32 distattn, f32 brightness, u32 lightcolor);
void GRRLIB_SetLightSpec(u8 num, guVector dir, f32 shy, u32 lightcolor, u32 speccolor);
void GRRLIB_SetLightSpot(u8 num, guVector pos, guVector lookat, f32 angAttn0, f32 angAttn1, f32 angAttn2, f32 distAttn0, f32 distAttn1, f32 distAttn2, u32 lightcolor);
void GRRLIB_SetLightOff(void);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GRRLIB_ttf.c - FreeType function for GRRLIB
GRRLIB_ttfFont* GRRLIB_LoadTTF(const u8* file_base, s32 file_size);
void GRRLIB_FreeTTF(GRRLIB_ttfFont *myFont);
void GRRLIB_PrintfTTF(int x, int y, GRRLIB_ttfFont *myFont, const char *string, unsigned int fontSize, const u32 color);
void GRRLIB_PrintfTTFW(int x, int y, GRRLIB_ttfFont *myFont, const wchar_t *string, unsigned int fontSize, const u32 color);
unsigned int GRRLIB_WidthTTF(GRRLIB_ttfFont *myFont, const char *, unsigned int);
unsigned int GRRLIB_WidthTTFW(GRRLIB_ttfFont *myFont, const wchar_t *, unsigned int);
#endif // __GRRLIB_FNLIB_H__
/** @} */ // end of group

43
libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_cExtn.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 2010 The GRRLIB Team
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* @file GRRLIB_cExtn.h
* Inline functions to offer additional C primitives.
*/
#include <math.h>
/**
* A helper function for the YCbCr -> RGB conversion.
* Clamps the given value into a range of 0 - 255 and thus preventing an overflow.
* @param Value The value to clamp. Using float to increase the precision. This makes a full spectrum (0 - 255) possible.
* @return Returns a clean, clamped unsigned char.
*/
INLINE
u8 GRRLIB_ClampVar8 (f32 Value) {
Value = roundf(Value);
if (Value < 0) Value = 0;
else if (Value > 255) Value = 255;
return (u8)Value;
}

49
libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_clipping.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* @file GRRLIB_clipping.h
* Inline functions to control clipping.
*/
/**
* Reset the clipping to normal.
*/
INLINE
void GRRLIB_ClipReset (void) {
GX_SetClipMode( GX_CLIP_ENABLE );
GX_SetScissor( 0, 0, rmode->fbWidth, rmode->efbHeight );
}
/**
* Clip the drawing area to an rectangle.
* @param x The x-coordinate of the rectangle.
* @param y The y-coordinate of the rectangle.
* @param width The width of the rectangle.
* @param height The height of the rectangle.
*/
INLINE
void GRRLIB_ClipDrawing (const int x, const int y,
const int width, const int height) {
GX_SetClipMode( GX_CLIP_ENABLE );
GX_SetScissor( x, y, width, height );
}

89
libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_collision.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* @file GRRLIB_collision.h
* Inline functions for collision detection.
*/
/**
* Determine whether the specified point lies within the specified rectangle.
* @param hotx Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
* @param hoty Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
* @param hotw The width of the rectangle.
* @param hoth The height of the rectangle.
* @param wpadx Specifies the x-coordinate of the point.
* @param wpady Specifies the y-coordinate of the point.
* @return If the specified point lies within the rectangle, the return value is true otherwise it's false.
*/
INLINE
bool GRRLIB_PtInRect (const int hotx, const int hoty,
const int hotw, const int hoth,
const int wpadx, const int wpady) {
return( ((wpadx>=hotx) && (wpadx<=(hotx+hotw))) &&
((wpady>=hoty) && (wpady<=(hoty+hoth))) );
}
/**
* Determine whether a specified rectangle lies within another rectangle.
* @param rect1x Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
* @param rect1y Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
* @param rect1w Specifies the width of the rectangle.
* @param rect1h Specifies the height of the rectangle.
* @param rect2x Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
* @param rect2y Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
* @param rect2w Specifies the width of the rectangle.
* @param rect2h Specifies the height of the rectangle.
* @return If the specified rectangle lies within the other rectangle, the return value is true otherwise it's false.
*/
INLINE
bool GRRLIB_RectInRect (const int rect1x, const int rect1y,
const int rect1w, const int rect1h,
const int rect2x, const int rect2y,
const int rect2w, const int rect2h) {
return ( (rect1x >= rect2x) && (rect1y >= rect2y) &&
(rect1x+rect1w <= rect2x+rect2w) &&
(rect1y+rect1h <= rect2y+rect2h) );
}
/**
* Determine whether a part of a specified rectangle lies on another rectangle.
* @param rect1x Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the first rectangle.
* @param rect1y Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the first rectangle.
* @param rect1w Specifies the width of the first rectangle.
* @param rect1h Specifies the height of the first rectangle.
* @param rect2x Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the second rectangle.
* @param rect2y Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the second rectangle.
* @param rect2w Specifies the width of the second rectangle.
* @param rect2h Specifies the height of the second rectangle.
* @return If the specified rectangle lies on the other rectangle, the return value is true otherwise it's false.
*/
INLINE
bool GRRLIB_RectOnRect (const int rect1x, const int rect1y,
const int rect1w, const int rect1h,
const int rect2x, const int rect2y,
const int rect2w, const int rect2h) {
return GRRLIB_PtInRect(rect1x, rect1y, rect1w, rect1h, rect2x, rect2y) ||
GRRLIB_PtInRect(rect1x, rect1y, rect1w, rect1h, rect2x+rect2w, rect2y) ||
GRRLIB_PtInRect(rect1x, rect1y, rect1w, rect1h, rect2x+rect2w, rect2y+rect2h) ||
GRRLIB_PtInRect(rect1x, rect1y, rect1w, rect1h, rect2x, rect2y+rect2h);
}

59
libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_fbComplex.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* @file GRRLIB_fbComplex.h
* Inline functions for complex (N-point) shape drawing.
*/
/**
* Draw an array of points.
* @param v Array containing the points.
* @param color The color of the points in RGBA format.
* @param n Number of points in the vector array.
*/
INLINE
void GRRLIB_NPlot (const guVector v[], const u32 color[], const long n) {
GRRLIB_GXEngine(v, color, n, GX_POINTS);
}
/**
* Draw a polygon.
* @param v The vector containing the coordinates of the polygon.
* @param color The color of the filled polygon in RGBA format.
* @param n Number of points in the vector.
*/
INLINE
void GRRLIB_NGone (const guVector v[], const u32 color[], const long n) {
GRRLIB_GXEngine(v, color, n, GX_LINESTRIP);
}
/**
* Draw a filled polygon.
* @param v The vector containing the coordinates of the polygon.
* @param color The color of the filled polygon in RGBA format.
* @param n Number of points in the vector.
*/
INLINE
void GRRLIB_NGoneFilled (const guVector v[], const u32 color[], const long n) {
GRRLIB_GXEngine(v, color, n, GX_TRIANGLEFAN);
}

46
libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_fbGX.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* @file GRRLIB_fbGX.h
* Inline functions for interfacing directly to the GX Engine.
*/
/**
* Draws a vector.
* @param v The vector to draw.
* @param color The color of the vector in RGBA format.
* @param n Number of points in the vector.
* @param fmt Type of primitive.
*/
INLINE
void GRRLIB_GXEngine (const guVector v[], const u32 color[], const long n,
const u8 fmt) {
int i;
GX_Begin(fmt, GX_VTXFMT0, n);
for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
GX_Position3f32(v[i].x, v[i].y, v[i].z);
GX_Color1u32(color[i]);
}
GX_End();
}

114
libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_fbSimple.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* @file GRRLIB_fbSimple.h
* Inline functions for primitive point and line drawing.
*/
/**
* Clear screen with a specific color.
* @param color The color to use to fill the screen.
*/
INLINE
void GRRLIB_FillScreen (const u32 color) {
GRRLIB_Rectangle(-40.0f, -40.0f, rmode->fbWidth + 80.0f, rmode->xfbHeight + 80.0f, color, true);
}
/**
* Draw a dot.
* @param x Specifies the x-coordinate of the dot.
* @param y Specifies the y-coordinate of the dot.
* @param color The color of the dot in RGBA format.
* @author Jespa
*/
INLINE
void GRRLIB_Plot (const f32 x, const f32 y, const u32 color) {
GX_Begin(GX_POINTS, GX_VTXFMT0, 1);
GX_Position3f32(x, y, 0.0f);
GX_Color1u32(color);
GX_End();
}
/**
* Draw a line.
* @param x1 Starting point for line for the x coordinate.
* @param y1 Starting point for line for the y coordinate.
* @param x2 Ending point for line for the x coordinate.
* @param y2 Ending point for line for the x coordinate.
* @param color Line color in RGBA format.
* @author JESPA
*/
INLINE
void GRRLIB_Line (const f32 x1, const f32 y1,
const f32 x2, const f32 y2, const u32 color) {
GX_Begin(GX_LINES, GX_VTXFMT0, 2);
GX_Position3f32(x1, y1, 0.0f);
GX_Color1u32(color);
GX_Position3f32(x2, y2, 0.0f);
GX_Color1u32(color);
GX_End();
}
/**
* Draw a rectangle.
* @param x Specifies the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
* @param y Specifies the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle.
* @param width The width of the rectangle.
* @param height The height of the rectangle.
* @param color The color of the rectangle in RGBA format.
* @param filled Set to true to fill the rectangle.
*/
INLINE
void GRRLIB_Rectangle (const f32 x, const f32 y,
const f32 width, const f32 height,
const u32 color, const bool filled) {
f32 x2 = x + width;
f32 y2 = y + height;
if (filled) {
GX_Begin(GX_QUADS, GX_VTXFMT0, 4);
GX_Position3f32(x, y, 0.0f);
GX_Color1u32(color);
GX_Position3f32(x2, y, 0.0f);
GX_Color1u32(color);
GX_Position3f32(x2, y2, 0.0f);
GX_Color1u32(color);
GX_Position3f32(x, y2, 0.0f);
GX_Color1u32(color);
GX_End();
}
else {
GX_Begin(GX_LINESTRIP, GX_VTXFMT0, 5);
GX_Position3f32(x, y, 0.0f);
GX_Color1u32(color);
GX_Position3f32(x2, y, 0.0f);
GX_Color1u32(color);
GX_Position3f32(x2, y2, 0.0f);
GX_Color1u32(color);
GX_Position3f32(x, y2, 0.0f);
GX_Color1u32(color);
GX_Position3f32(x, y, 0.0f);
GX_Color1u32(color);
GX_End();
}
}

68
libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_handle.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* @file GRRLIB_handle.h
* Inline functions for manipulating texture handles.
*/
/**
* Set a texture's X and Y handles.
* For example, it could be used for the rotation of a texture.
* @param tex The texture to set the handle on.
* @param x The x-coordinate of the handle.
* @param y The y-coordinate of the handle.
*/
INLINE
void GRRLIB_SetHandle (GRRLIB_texImg *tex, const int x, const int y) {
if (tex->tiledtex) {
tex->handlex = -(((int)tex->tilew)/2) + x;
tex->handley = -(((int)tex->tileh)/2) + y;
} else {
tex->handlex = -(((int)tex->w)/2) + x;
tex->handley = -(((int)tex->h)/2) + y;
}
}
/**
* Center a texture's handles.
* For example, it could be used for the rotation of a texture.
* @param tex The texture to center.
* @param enabled
*/
INLINE
void GRRLIB_SetMidHandle (GRRLIB_texImg *tex, const bool enabled) {
if (enabled) {
if (tex->tiledtex) {
tex->offsetx = (((int)tex->tilew)/2);
tex->offsety = (((int)tex->tileh)/2);
} else {
tex->offsetx = (((int)tex->w)/2);
tex->offsety = (((int)tex->h)/2);
}
GRRLIB_SetHandle(tex, tex->offsetx, tex->offsety);
} else {
GRRLIB_SetHandle(tex, 0, 0);
tex->offsetx = 0;
tex->offsety = 0;
}
}

103
libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_pixel.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* @file GRRLIB_pixel.h
* Inline functions for manipulating pixels in textures.
*/
#define _SHIFTL(v, s, w) \
((u32) (((u32)(v) & ((0x01 << (w)) - 1)) << (s)))
#define _SHIFTR(v, s, w) \
((u32)(((u32)(v) >> (s)) & ((0x01 << (w)) - 1)))
/**
* Return the color value of a pixel from a GRRLIB_texImg.
* @param x Specifies the x-coordinate of the pixel in the texture.
* @param y Specifies the y-coordinate of the pixel in the texture.
* @param tex The texture to get the color from.
* @return The color of a pixel in RGBA format.
*/
INLINE
u32 GRRLIB_GetPixelFromtexImg (const int x, const int y,
const GRRLIB_texImg *tex) {
register u32 offs;
register u32 ar;
register u8* bp = (u8*)tex->data;
offs = (((y&(~3))<<2)*tex->w) + ((x&(~3))<<4) + ((((y&3)<<2) + (x&3)) <<1);
ar = (u32)(*((u16*)(bp+offs )));
return (ar<<24) | ( ((u32)(*((u16*)(bp+offs+32)))) <<8) | (ar>>8); // Wii is big-endian
}
/**
* Set the color value of a pixel to a GRRLIB_texImg.
* @see GRRLIB_FlushTex
* @param x Specifies the x-coordinate of the pixel in the texture.
* @param y Specifies the y-coordinate of the pixel in the texture.
* @param tex The texture to set the color to.
* @param color The color of the pixel in RGBA format.
*/
INLINE
void GRRLIB_SetPixelTotexImg (const int x, const int y,
GRRLIB_texImg *tex, const u32 color) {
register u32 offs;
register u8* bp = (u8*)tex->data;
offs = (((y&(~3))<<2)*tex->w) + ((x&(~3))<<4) + ((((y&3)<<2) + (x&3)) <<1);
*((u16*)(bp+offs )) = (u16)((color <<8) | (color >>24));
*((u16*)(bp+offs+32)) = (u16) (color >>8);
}
/**
* Reads a pixel directly from the FrontBuffer.
* @param x The x-coordinate within the FB.
* @param y The y-coordinate within the FB.
* @return The color of a pixel in RGBA format.
*/
INLINE
u32 GRRLIB_GetPixelFromFB (int x, int y) {
u32 regval,val;
regval = 0xc8000000|(_SHIFTL(x,2,10));
regval = (regval&~0x3FF000)|(_SHIFTL(y,12,10));
val = *(u32*)regval;
return RGBA(_SHIFTR(val,16,8), _SHIFTR(val,8,8), val&0xff, _SHIFTR(val,24,8));
}
/**
* Writes a pixel directly from the FrontBuffer.
* @param x The x-coordinate within the FB.
* @param y The y-coordinate within the FB.
* @param pokeColor The color of the pixel in RGBA format.
*/
INLINE
void GRRLIB_SetPixelToFB (int x, int y, u32 pokeColor) {
u32 regval;
regval = 0xc8000000|(_SHIFTL(x,2,10));
regval = (regval&~0x3FF000)|(_SHIFTL(y,12,10));
*(u32*)regval = _SHIFTL(A(pokeColor),24,8) | _SHIFTL(R(pokeColor),16,8) | _SHIFTL(G(pokeColor),8,8) | (B(pokeColor)&0xff);
}

50
libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_private.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* @file GRRLIB_private.h
* The symbols declared in this file are PRIVATE.
* They are not part of the GRRLIB public
* interface, and are not recommended for use by regular applications.
* Some of them may become public in the future; others may stay private,
* change in an incompatible way, or even disappear.
*/
#ifndef __GRRLIB_PRIVATE_H__
#define __GRRLIB_PRIVATE_H__
#include <ogc/libversion.h>
/**
* Used for version checking.
* @param a Major version number.
* @param b Minor version number.
* @param c Revision version number.
*/
#define GRRLIB_VERSION(a,b,c) ((a)*65536+(b)*256+(c))
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GRRLIB_ttf.c - FreeType function for GRRLIB
int GRRLIB_InitTTF();
void GRRLIB_ExitTTF();
#endif // __GRRLIB_PRIVATE_H__

91
libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_settings.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* @file GRRLIB_settings.h
* Inline functions for configuring the GRRLIB settings.
*/
#ifndef GX_BM_SUBTRACT
/**
* Blending type.
* libogc revision 4170 fixed a typographical error. GX_BM_SUBSTRACT was renamed GX_BM_SUBTRACT.
* But for previous versions this define is needed.
*/
#define GX_BM_SUBTRACT GX_BM_SUBSTRACT
#endif
extern GRRLIB_drawSettings GRRLIB_Settings;
/**
* Set a blending mode.
* @param blendmode The blending mode to use (Default: GRRLIB_BLEND_ALPHA).
*/
INLINE
void GRRLIB_SetBlend (const GRRLIB_blendMode blendmode) {
GRRLIB_Settings.blend = blendmode;
switch (GRRLIB_Settings.blend) {
case GRRLIB_BLEND_ALPHA:
GX_SetBlendMode(GX_BM_BLEND, GX_BL_SRCALPHA, GX_BL_INVSRCALPHA, GX_LO_CLEAR);
break;
case GRRLIB_BLEND_ADD:
GX_SetBlendMode(GX_BM_BLEND, GX_BL_SRCALPHA, GX_BL_DSTALPHA, GX_LO_CLEAR);
break;
case GRRLIB_BLEND_SCREEN:
GX_SetBlendMode(GX_BM_BLEND, GX_BL_SRCCLR, GX_BL_DSTALPHA, GX_LO_CLEAR);
break;
case GRRLIB_BLEND_MULTI:
GX_SetBlendMode(GX_BM_SUBTRACT, GX_BL_SRCALPHA, GX_BL_INVSRCALPHA, GX_LO_CLEAR);
break;
case GRRLIB_BLEND_INV:
GX_SetBlendMode(GX_BM_BLEND, GX_BL_INVSRCCLR, GX_BL_INVSRCCLR, GX_LO_CLEAR);
break;
}
}
/**
* Get the current blending mode.
* @return The current blending mode.
*/
INLINE
GRRLIB_blendMode GRRLIB_GetBlend (void) {
return GRRLIB_Settings.blend;
}
/**
* Turn anti-aliasing on/off.
* @param aa Set to true to enable anti-aliasing (Default: Enabled).
*/
INLINE
void GRRLIB_SetAntiAliasing (const bool aa) {
GRRLIB_Settings.antialias = aa;
}
/**
* Get current anti-aliasing setting.
* @return True if anti-aliasing is enabled.
*/
INLINE
bool GRRLIB_GetAntiAliasing (void) {
return GRRLIB_Settings.antialias;
}

88
libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_texSetup.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 2012 The GRRLIB Team
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* @file GRRLIB_texSetup.h
* Inline functions for the basic manipulation of textures.
*/
#include <malloc.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
/**
* Create an empty texture.
* @param w Width of the new texture to create.
* @param h Height of the new texture to create.
* @return A GRRLIB_texImg structure newly created.
*/
INLINE
GRRLIB_texImg* GRRLIB_CreateEmptyTexture (const uint w, const uint h)
{
GRRLIB_texImg *my_texture = (struct GRRLIB_texImg *)calloc(1, sizeof(GRRLIB_texImg));
if(my_texture != NULL) {
my_texture->data = memalign(32, h * w * 4);
my_texture->w = w;
my_texture->h = h;
// Initialize the texture
memset(my_texture->data, '\0', (h * w) << 2);
GRRLIB_SetHandle(my_texture, 0, 0);
GRRLIB_FlushTex(my_texture);
}
return my_texture;
}
/**
* Write the contents of a texture in the data cache down to main memory.
* For performance the CPU holds a data cache where modifications are stored before they get written down to main memory.
* @param tex The texture to flush.
*/
INLINE
void GRRLIB_FlushTex (GRRLIB_texImg *tex) {
DCFlushRange(tex->data, tex->w * tex->h * 4);
}
/**
* Free memory allocated for texture.
* @param tex A GRRLIB_texImg structure.
*/
INLINE
void GRRLIB_FreeTexture (GRRLIB_texImg *tex) {
if(tex != NULL) {
if (tex->data != NULL) free(tex->data);
free(tex);
tex = NULL;
}
}
/**
* Clear a texture to transparent black.
* @param tex Texture to clear.
*/
INLINE
void GRRLIB_ClearTex(GRRLIB_texImg* tex) {
bzero(tex->data, (tex->h * tex->w) << 2);
GRRLIB_FlushTex(tex);
}

24
libs/include/grrlib/GRRLIB_ttf.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 2010 The GRRLIB Team
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
int GRRLIB_InitTTF();
void GRRLIB_ExitTTF();

46
libs/include/jconfig.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
/* jconfig.h. Generated from jconfig.cfg by configure. */
/* jconfig.cfg --- source file edited by configure script */
/* see jconfig.txt for explanations */
#define HAVE_PROTOTYPES 1
#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR 1
#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT 1
/* #undef void */
/* #undef const */
/* #undef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
#define HAVE_STDDEF_H 1
#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
#define HAVE_LOCALE_H 1
/* #undef NEED_BSD_STRINGS */
/* #undef NEED_SYS_TYPES_H */
/* #undef NEED_FAR_POINTERS */
/* #undef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */
/* Define this if you get warnings about undefined structures. */
/* #undef INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN */
#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS
/* #undef RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED */
#define INLINE __inline__
/* These are for configuring the JPEG memory manager. */
/* #undef DEFAULT_MAX_MEM */
/* #undef NO_MKTEMP */
#endif /* JPEG_INTERNALS */
#ifdef JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG
#define BMP_SUPPORTED /* BMP image file format */
#define GIF_SUPPORTED /* GIF image file format */
#define PPM_SUPPORTED /* PBMPLUS PPM/PGM image file format */
/* #undef RLE_SUPPORTED */
#define TARGA_SUPPORTED /* Targa image file format */
/* #undef TWO_FILE_COMMANDLINE */
/* #undef NEED_SIGNAL_CATCHER */
/* #undef DONT_USE_B_MODE */
/* Define this if you want percent-done progress reports from cjpeg/djpeg. */
/* #undef PROGRESS_REPORT */
#endif /* JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG */

369
libs/include/jmorecfg.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
/*
* jmorecfg.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 1997-2011 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains additional configuration options that customize the
* JPEG software for special applications or support machine-dependent
* optimizations. Most users will not need to touch this file.
*/
/*
* Define BITS_IN_JSAMPLE as either
* 8 for 8-bit sample values (the usual setting)
* 12 for 12-bit sample values
* Only 8 and 12 are legal data precisions for lossy JPEG according to the
* JPEG standard, and the IJG code does not support anything else!
* We do not support run-time selection of data precision, sorry.
*/
#define BITS_IN_JSAMPLE 8 /* use 8 or 12 */
/*
* Maximum number of components (color channels) allowed in JPEG image.
* To meet the letter of the JPEG spec, set this to 255. However, darn
* few applications need more than 4 channels (maybe 5 for CMYK + alpha
* mask). We recommend 10 as a reasonable compromise; use 4 if you are
* really short on memory. (Each allowed component costs a hundred or so
* bytes of storage, whether actually used in an image or not.)
*/
#define MAX_COMPONENTS 10 /* maximum number of image components */
/*
* Basic data types.
* You may need to change these if you have a machine with unusual data
* type sizes; for example, "char" not 8 bits, "short" not 16 bits,
* or "long" not 32 bits. We don't care whether "int" is 16 or 32 bits,
* but it had better be at least 16.
*/
/* Representation of a single sample (pixel element value).
* We frequently allocate large arrays of these, so it's important to keep
* them small. But if you have memory to burn and access to char or short
* arrays is very slow on your hardware, you might want to change these.
*/
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..255.
* You can use a signed char by having GETJSAMPLE mask it with 0xFF.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
typedef unsigned char JSAMPLE;
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
typedef char JSAMPLE;
#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
#else
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value) & 0xFF)
#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
#define MAXJSAMPLE 255
#define CENTERJSAMPLE 128
#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8 */
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 12
/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..4095.
* On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely.
*/
typedef short JSAMPLE;
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
#define MAXJSAMPLE 4095
#define CENTERJSAMPLE 2048
#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 12 */
/* Representation of a DCT frequency coefficient.
* This should be a signed value of at least 16 bits; "short" is usually OK.
* Again, we allocate large arrays of these, but you can change to int
* if you have memory to burn and "short" is really slow.
*/
typedef short JCOEF;
/* Compressed datastreams are represented as arrays of JOCTET.
* These must be EXACTLY 8 bits wide, at least once they are written to
* external storage. Note that when using the stdio data source/destination
* managers, this is also the data type passed to fread/fwrite.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
typedef unsigned char JOCTET;
#define GETJOCTET(value) (value)
#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
typedef char JOCTET;
#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
#define GETJOCTET(value) (value)
#else
#define GETJOCTET(value) ((value) & 0xFF)
#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
/* These typedefs are used for various table entries and so forth.
* They must be at least as wide as specified; but making them too big
* won't cost a huge amount of memory, so we don't provide special
* extraction code like we did for JSAMPLE. (In other words, these
* typedefs live at a different point on the speed/space tradeoff curve.)
*/
/* UINT8 must hold at least the values 0..255. */
#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
typedef unsigned char UINT8;
#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
typedef char UINT8;
#else /* not CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
typedef short UINT8;
#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
/* UINT16 must hold at least the values 0..65535. */
#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT
typedef unsigned short UINT16;
#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT */
typedef unsigned int UINT16;
#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT */
/* INT16 must hold at least the values -32768..32767. */
#ifndef XMD_H /* X11/xmd.h correctly defines INT16 */
typedef short INT16;
#endif
/* INT32 must hold at least signed 32-bit values. */
#ifndef XMD_H /* X11/xmd.h correctly defines INT32 */
#ifndef _BASETSD_H_ /* Microsoft defines it in basetsd.h */
#ifndef _BASETSD_H /* MinGW is slightly different */
#ifndef QGLOBAL_H /* Qt defines it in qglobal.h */
typedef long INT32;
#endif
#endif
#endif
#endif
/* Datatype used for image dimensions. The JPEG standard only supports
* images up to 64K*64K due to 16-bit fields in SOF markers. Therefore
* "unsigned int" is sufficient on all machines. However, if you need to
* handle larger images and you don't mind deviating from the spec, you
* can change this datatype.
*/
typedef unsigned int JDIMENSION;
#define JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION 65500L /* a tad under 64K to prevent overflows */
/* These macros are used in all function definitions and extern declarations.
* You could modify them if you need to change function linkage conventions;
* in particular, you'll need to do that to make the library a Windows DLL.
* Another application is to make all functions global for use with debuggers
* or code profilers that require it.
*/
/* a function called through method pointers: */
#define METHODDEF(type) static type
/* a function used only in its module: */
#define LOCAL(type) static type
/* a function referenced thru EXTERNs: */
#define GLOBAL(type) type
/* a reference to a GLOBAL function: */
#define EXTERN(type) extern type
/* This macro is used to declare a "method", that is, a function pointer.
* We want to supply prototype parameters if the compiler can cope.
* Note that the arglist parameter must be parenthesized!
* Again, you can customize this if you need special linkage keywords.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES
#define JMETHOD(type,methodname,arglist) type (*methodname) arglist
#else
#define JMETHOD(type,methodname,arglist) type (*methodname) ()
#endif
/* Here is the pseudo-keyword for declaring pointers that must be "far"
* on 80x86 machines. Most of the specialized coding for 80x86 is handled
* by just saying "FAR *" where such a pointer is needed. In a few places
* explicit coding is needed; see uses of the NEED_FAR_POINTERS symbol.
*/
#ifndef FAR
#ifdef NEED_FAR_POINTERS
#define FAR far
#else
#define FAR
#endif
#endif
/*
* On a few systems, type boolean and/or its values FALSE, TRUE may appear
* in standard header files. Or you may have conflicts with application-
* specific header files that you want to include together with these files.
* Defining HAVE_BOOLEAN before including jpeglib.h should make it work.
*/
#ifndef HAVE_BOOLEAN
typedef int boolean;
#endif
#ifndef FALSE /* in case these macros already exist */
#define FALSE 0 /* values of boolean */
#endif
#ifndef TRUE
#define TRUE 1
#endif
/*
* The remaining options affect code selection within the JPEG library,
* but they don't need to be visible to most applications using the library.
* To minimize application namespace pollution, the symbols won't be
* defined unless JPEG_INTERNALS or JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS has been defined.
*/
#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS
#define JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS
#endif
#ifdef JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS
/*
* These defines indicate whether to include various optional functions.
* Undefining some of these symbols will produce a smaller but less capable
* library. Note that you can leave certain source files out of the
* compilation/linking process if you've #undef'd the corresponding symbols.
* (You may HAVE to do that if your compiler doesn't like null source files.)
*/
/* Capability options common to encoder and decoder: */
#define DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED /* slow but accurate integer algorithm */
#define DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED /* faster, less accurate integer method */
#define DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED /* floating-point: accurate, fast on fast HW */
/* Encoder capability options: */
#define C_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED /* Arithmetic coding back end? */
#define C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED /* Multiple-scan JPEG files? */
#define C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED /* Progressive JPEG? (Requires MULTISCAN)*/
#define DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Input rescaling via DCT? (Requires DCT_ISLOW)*/
#define ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED /* Optimization of entropy coding parms? */
/* Note: if you selected 12-bit data precision, it is dangerous to turn off
* ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED. The standard Huffman tables are only good for 8-bit
* precision, so jchuff.c normally uses entropy optimization to compute
* usable tables for higher precision. If you don't want to do optimization,
* you'll have to supply different default Huffman tables.
* The exact same statements apply for progressive JPEG: the default tables
* don't work for progressive mode. (This may get fixed, however.)
*/
#define INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED /* Input image smoothing option? */
/* Decoder capability options: */
#define D_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED /* Arithmetic coding back end? */
#define D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED /* Multiple-scan JPEG files? */
#define D_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED /* Progressive JPEG? (Requires MULTISCAN)*/
#define IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Output rescaling via IDCT? */
#define SAVE_MARKERS_SUPPORTED /* jpeg_save_markers() needed? */
#define BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED /* Block smoothing? (Progressive only) */
#undef UPSAMPLE_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Output rescaling at upsample stage? */
#define UPSAMPLE_MERGING_SUPPORTED /* Fast path for sloppy upsampling? */
#define QUANT_1PASS_SUPPORTED /* 1-pass color quantization? */
#define QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED /* 2-pass color quantization? */
/* more capability options later, no doubt */
/*
* Ordering of RGB data in scanlines passed to or from the application.
* If your application wants to deal with data in the order B,G,R, just
* change these macros. You can also deal with formats such as R,G,B,X
* (one extra byte per pixel) by changing RGB_PIXELSIZE. Note that changing
* the offsets will also change the order in which colormap data is organized.
* RESTRICTIONS:
* 1. The sample applications cjpeg,djpeg do NOT support modified RGB formats.
* 2. The color quantizer modules will not behave desirably if RGB_PIXELSIZE
* is not 3 (they don't understand about dummy color components!). So you
* can't use color quantization if you change that value.
*/
#define RGB_RED 0 /* Offset of Red in an RGB scanline element */
#define RGB_GREEN 1 /* Offset of Green */
#define RGB_BLUE 2 /* Offset of Blue */
#define RGB_PIXELSIZE 3 /* JSAMPLEs per RGB scanline element */
/* Definitions for speed-related optimizations. */
/* If your compiler supports inline functions, define INLINE
* as the inline keyword; otherwise define it as empty.
*/
#ifndef INLINE
#ifdef __GNUC__ /* for instance, GNU C knows about inline */
#define INLINE __inline__
#endif
#ifndef INLINE
#define INLINE /* default is to define it as empty */
#endif
#endif
/* On some machines (notably 68000 series) "int" is 32 bits, but multiplying
* two 16-bit shorts is faster than multiplying two ints. Define MULTIPLIER
* as short on such a machine. MULTIPLIER must be at least 16 bits wide.
*/
#ifndef MULTIPLIER
#define MULTIPLIER int /* type for fastest integer multiply */
#endif
/* FAST_FLOAT should be either float or double, whichever is done faster
* by your compiler. (Note that this type is only used in the floating point
* DCT routines, so it only matters if you've defined DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED.)
* Typically, float is faster in ANSI C compilers, while double is faster in
* pre-ANSI compilers (because they insist on converting to double anyway).
* The code below therefore chooses float if we have ANSI-style prototypes.
*/
#ifndef FAST_FLOAT
#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES
#define FAST_FLOAT float
#else
#define FAST_FLOAT double
#endif
#endif
#endif /* JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS */

1160
libs/include/jpeglib.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2671
libs/include/png.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

596
libs/include/pngconf.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,596 @@
/* pngconf.h - machine configurable file for libpng
*
* libpng version 1.5.12 - July 11, 2012
*
* Copyright (c) 1998-2012 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
* (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger)
* (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.)
*
* This code is released under the libpng license.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer
* and license in png.h
*
*/
/* Any machine specific code is near the front of this file, so if you
* are configuring libpng for a machine, you may want to read the section
* starting here down to where it starts to typedef png_color, png_text,
* and png_info.
*/
#ifndef PNGCONF_H
#define PNGCONF_H
#ifndef PNG_BUILDING_SYMBOL_TABLE
/* PNG_NO_LIMITS_H may be used to turn off the use of the standard C
* definition file for machine specific limits, this may impact the
* correctness of the definitions below (see uses of INT_MAX).
*/
# ifndef PNG_NO_LIMITS_H
# include <limits.h>
# endif
/* For the memory copy APIs (i.e. the standard definitions of these),
* because this file defines png_memcpy and so on the base APIs must
* be defined here.
*/
# ifdef BSD
# include <strings.h>
# else
# include <string.h>
# endif
/* For png_FILE_p - this provides the standard definition of a
* FILE
*/
# ifdef PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED
# include <stdio.h>
# endif
#endif
/* This controls optimization of the reading of 16 and 32 bit values
* from PNG files. It can be set on a per-app-file basis - it
* just changes whether a macro is used when the function is called.
* The library builder sets the default; if read functions are not
* built into the library the macro implementation is forced on.
*/
#ifndef PNG_READ_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED
# define PNG_USE_READ_MACROS
#endif
#if !defined(PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS) && !defined(PNG_USE_READ_MACROS)
# if PNG_DEFAULT_READ_MACROS
# define PNG_USE_READ_MACROS
# endif
#endif
/* COMPILER SPECIFIC OPTIONS.
*
* These options are provided so that a variety of difficult compilers
* can be used. Some are fixed at build time (e.g. PNG_API_RULE
* below) but still have compiler specific implementations, others
* may be changed on a per-file basis when compiling against libpng.
*/
/* The PNGARG macro protects us against machines that don't have function
* prototypes (ie K&R style headers). If your compiler does not handle
* function prototypes, define this macro and use the included ansi2knr.
* I've always been able to use _NO_PROTO as the indicator, but you may
* need to drag the empty declaration out in front of here, or change the
* ifdef to suit your own needs.
*/
#ifndef PNGARG
# ifdef OF /* zlib prototype munger */
# define PNGARG(arglist) OF(arglist)
# else
# ifdef _NO_PROTO
# define PNGARG(arglist) ()
# else
# define PNGARG(arglist) arglist
# endif /* _NO_PROTO */
# endif /* OF */
#endif /* PNGARG */
/* Function calling conventions.
* =============================
* Normally it is not necessary to specify to the compiler how to call
* a function - it just does it - however on x86 systems derived from
* Microsoft and Borland C compilers ('IBM PC', 'DOS', 'Windows' systems
* and some others) there are multiple ways to call a function and the
* default can be changed on the compiler command line. For this reason
* libpng specifies the calling convention of every exported function and
* every function called via a user supplied function pointer. This is
* done in this file by defining the following macros:
*
* PNGAPI Calling convention for exported functions.
* PNGCBAPI Calling convention for user provided (callback) functions.
* PNGCAPI Calling convention used by the ANSI-C library (required
* for longjmp callbacks and sometimes used internally to
* specify the calling convention for zlib).
*
* These macros should never be overridden. If it is necessary to
* change calling convention in a private build this can be done
* by setting PNG_API_RULE (which defaults to 0) to one of the values
* below to select the correct 'API' variants.
*
* PNG_API_RULE=0 Use PNGCAPI - the 'C' calling convention - throughout.
* This is correct in every known environment.
* PNG_API_RULE=1 Use the operating system convention for PNGAPI and
* the 'C' calling convention (from PNGCAPI) for
* callbacks (PNGCBAPI). This is no longer required
* in any known environment - if it has to be used
* please post an explanation of the problem to the
* libpng mailing list.
*
* These cases only differ if the operating system does not use the C
* calling convention, at present this just means the above cases
* (x86 DOS/Windows sytems) and, even then, this does not apply to
* Cygwin running on those systems.
*
* Note that the value must be defined in pnglibconf.h so that what
* the application uses to call the library matches the conventions
* set when building the library.
*/
/* Symbol export
* =============
* When building a shared library it is almost always necessary to tell
* the compiler which symbols to export. The png.h macro 'PNG_EXPORT'
* is used to mark the symbols. On some systems these symbols can be
* extracted at link time and need no special processing by the compiler,
* on other systems the symbols are flagged by the compiler and just
* the declaration requires a special tag applied (unfortunately) in a
* compiler dependent way. Some systems can do either.
*
* A small number of older systems also require a symbol from a DLL to
* be flagged to the program that calls it. This is a problem because
* we do not know in the header file included by application code that
* the symbol will come from a shared library, as opposed to a statically
* linked one. For this reason the application must tell us by setting
* the magic flag PNG_USE_DLL to turn on the special processing before
* it includes png.h.
*
* Four additional macros are used to make this happen:
*
* PNG_IMPEXP The magic (if any) to cause a symbol to be exported from
* the build or imported if PNG_USE_DLL is set - compiler
* and system specific.
*
* PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type) A macro that pre or appends PNG_IMPEXP to
* 'type', compiler specific.
*
* PNG_DLL_EXPORT Set to the magic to use during a libpng build to
* make a symbol exported from the DLL. Not used in the
* public header files; see pngpriv.h for how it is used
* in the libpng build.
*
* PNG_DLL_IMPORT Set to the magic to force the libpng symbols to come
* from a DLL - used to define PNG_IMPEXP when
* PNG_USE_DLL is set.
*/
/* System specific discovery.
* ==========================
* This code is used at build time to find PNG_IMPEXP, the API settings
* and PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(), it may also set a macro to indicate the DLL
* import processing is possible. On Windows/x86 systems it also sets
* compiler-specific macros to the values required to change the calling
* conventions of the various functions.
*/
#if ( defined(_Windows) || defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(WIN32) ||\
defined(_WIN32) || defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) ) &&\
( defined(_X86_) || defined(_X64_) || defined(_M_IX86) ||\
defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_IA64) )
/* Windows system (DOS doesn't support DLLs) running on x86/x64. Includes
* builds under Cygwin or MinGW. Also includes Watcom builds but these need
* special treatment because they are not compatible with GCC or Visual C
* because of different calling conventions.
*/
# if PNG_API_RULE == 2
/* If this line results in an error, either because __watcall is not
* understood or because of a redefine just below you cannot use *this*
* build of the library with the compiler you are using. *This* build was
* build using Watcom and applications must also be built using Watcom!
*/
# define PNGCAPI __watcall
# endif
# if defined(__GNUC__) || (defined (_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 800))
# define PNGCAPI __cdecl
# if PNG_API_RULE == 1
# define PNGAPI __stdcall
# endif
# else
/* An older compiler, or one not detected (erroneously) above,
* if necessary override on the command line to get the correct
* variants for the compiler.
*/
# ifndef PNGCAPI
# define PNGCAPI _cdecl
# endif
# if PNG_API_RULE == 1 && !defined(PNGAPI)
# define PNGAPI _stdcall
# endif
# endif /* compiler/api */
/* NOTE: PNGCBAPI always defaults to PNGCAPI. */
# if defined(PNGAPI) && !defined(PNG_USER_PRIVATEBUILD)
ERROR: PNG_USER_PRIVATEBUILD must be defined if PNGAPI is changed
# endif
# if (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 800) ||\
(defined(__BORLANDC__) && __BORLANDC__ < 0x500)
/* older Borland and MSC
* compilers used '__export' and required this to be after
* the type.
*/
# ifndef PNG_EXPORT_TYPE
# define PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type) type PNG_IMPEXP
# endif
# define PNG_DLL_EXPORT __export
# else /* newer compiler */
# define PNG_DLL_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport)
# ifndef PNG_DLL_IMPORT
# define PNG_DLL_IMPORT __declspec(dllimport)
# endif
# endif /* compiler */
#else /* !Windows/x86 */
# if (defined(__IBMC__) || defined(__IBMCPP__)) && defined(__OS2__)
# define PNGAPI _System
# else /* !Windows/x86 && !OS/2 */
/* Use the defaults, or define PNG*API on the command line (but
* this will have to be done for every compile!)
*/
# endif /* other system, !OS/2 */
#endif /* !Windows/x86 */
/* Now do all the defaulting . */
#ifndef PNGCAPI
# define PNGCAPI
#endif
#ifndef PNGCBAPI
# define PNGCBAPI PNGCAPI
#endif
#ifndef PNGAPI
# define PNGAPI PNGCAPI
#endif
/* PNG_IMPEXP may be set on the compilation system command line or (if not set)
* then in an internal header file when building the library, otherwise (when
* using the library) it is set here.
*/
#ifndef PNG_IMPEXP
# if defined(PNG_USE_DLL) && defined(PNG_DLL_IMPORT)
/* This forces use of a DLL, disallowing static linking */
# define PNG_IMPEXP PNG_DLL_IMPORT
# endif
# ifndef PNG_IMPEXP
# define PNG_IMPEXP
# endif
#endif
/* In 1.5.2 the definition of PNG_FUNCTION has been changed to always treat
* 'attributes' as a storage class - the attributes go at the start of the
* function definition, and attributes are always appended regardless of the
* compiler. This considerably simplifies these macros but may cause problems
* if any compilers both need function attributes and fail to handle them as
* a storage class (this is unlikely.)
*/
#ifndef PNG_FUNCTION
# define PNG_FUNCTION(type, name, args, attributes) attributes type name args
#endif
#ifndef PNG_EXPORT_TYPE
# define PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type) PNG_IMPEXP type
#endif
/* The ordinal value is only relevant when preprocessing png.h for symbol
* table entries, so we discard it here. See the .dfn files in the
* scripts directory.
*/
#ifndef PNG_EXPORTA
# define PNG_EXPORTA(ordinal, type, name, args, attributes)\
PNG_FUNCTION(PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type),(PNGAPI name),PNGARG(args), \
extern attributes)
#endif
/* ANSI-C (C90) does not permit a macro to be invoked with an empty argument,
* so make something non-empty to satisfy the requirement:
*/
#define PNG_EMPTY /*empty list*/
#define PNG_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args)\
PNG_EXPORTA(ordinal, type, name, args, PNG_EMPTY)
/* Use PNG_REMOVED to comment out a removed interface. */
#ifndef PNG_REMOVED
# define PNG_REMOVED(ordinal, type, name, args, attributes)
#endif
#ifndef PNG_CALLBACK
# define PNG_CALLBACK(type, name, args) type (PNGCBAPI name) PNGARG(args)
#endif
/* Support for compiler specific function attributes. These are used
* so that where compiler support is available incorrect use of API
* functions in png.h will generate compiler warnings.
*
* Added at libpng-1.2.41.
*/
#ifndef PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS
# ifndef PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED
# define PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED
# endif
#endif
#ifdef PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED
/* Support for compiler specific function attributes. These are used
* so that where compiler support is available incorrect use of API
* functions in png.h will generate compiler warnings. Added at libpng
* version 1.2.41.
*/
# if defined(__GNUC__)
# ifndef PNG_USE_RESULT
# define PNG_USE_RESULT __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__))
# endif
# ifndef PNG_NORETURN
# define PNG_NORETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__))
# endif
# ifndef PNG_ALLOCATED
# define PNG_ALLOCATED __attribute__((__malloc__))
# endif
# ifndef PNG_DEPRECATED
# define PNG_DEPRECATED __attribute__((__deprecated__))
# endif
# ifndef PNG_PRIVATE
# if 0 /* Doesn't work so we use deprecated instead*/
# define PNG_PRIVATE \
__attribute__((warning("This function is not exported by libpng.")))
# else
# define PNG_PRIVATE \
__attribute__((__deprecated__))
# endif
# endif
# endif /* __GNUC__ */
# if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1300)
# ifndef PNG_USE_RESULT
# define PNG_USE_RESULT /* not supported */
# endif
# ifndef PNG_NORETURN
# define PNG_NORETURN __declspec(noreturn)
# endif
# ifndef PNG_ALLOCATED
# if (_MSC_VER >= 1400)
# define PNG_ALLOCATED __declspec(restrict)
# endif
# endif
# ifndef PNG_DEPRECATED
# define PNG_DEPRECATED __declspec(deprecated)
# endif
# ifndef PNG_PRIVATE
# define PNG_PRIVATE __declspec(deprecated)
# endif
# endif /* _MSC_VER */
#endif /* PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS */
#ifndef PNG_DEPRECATED
# define PNG_DEPRECATED /* Use of this function is deprecated */
#endif
#ifndef PNG_USE_RESULT
# define PNG_USE_RESULT /* The result of this function must be checked */
#endif
#ifndef PNG_NORETURN
# define PNG_NORETURN /* This function does not return */
#endif
#ifndef PNG_ALLOCATED
# define PNG_ALLOCATED /* The result of the function is new memory */
#endif
#ifndef PNG_PRIVATE
# define PNG_PRIVATE /* This is a private libpng function */
#endif
#ifndef PNG_FP_EXPORT /* A floating point API. */
# ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED
# define PNG_FP_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args)\
PNG_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args)
# else /* No floating point APIs */
# define PNG_FP_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args)
# endif
#endif
#ifndef PNG_FIXED_EXPORT /* A fixed point API. */
# ifdef PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED
# define PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args)\
PNG_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args)
# else /* No fixed point APIs */
# define PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args)
# endif
#endif
/* The following uses const char * instead of char * for error
* and warning message functions, so some compilers won't complain.
* If you do not want to use const, define PNG_NO_CONST here.
*
* This should not change how the APIs are called, so it can be done
* on a per-file basis in the application.
*/
#ifndef PNG_CONST
# ifndef PNG_NO_CONST
# define PNG_CONST const
# else
# define PNG_CONST
# endif
#endif
/* Some typedefs to get us started. These should be safe on most of the
* common platforms. The typedefs should be at least as large as the
* numbers suggest (a png_uint_32 must be at least 32 bits long), but they
* don't have to be exactly that size. Some compilers dislike passing
* unsigned shorts as function parameters, so you may be better off using
* unsigned int for png_uint_16.
*/
#if defined(INT_MAX) && (INT_MAX > 0x7ffffffeL)
typedef unsigned int png_uint_32;
typedef int png_int_32;
#else
typedef unsigned long png_uint_32;
typedef long png_int_32;
#endif
typedef unsigned short png_uint_16;
typedef short png_int_16;
typedef unsigned char png_byte;
#ifdef PNG_NO_SIZE_T
typedef unsigned int png_size_t;
#else
typedef size_t png_size_t;
#endif
#define png_sizeof(x) (sizeof (x))
/* The following is needed for medium model support. It cannot be in the
* pngpriv.h header. Needs modification for other compilers besides
* MSC. Model independent support declares all arrays and pointers to be
* large using the far keyword. The zlib version used must also support
* model independent data. As of version zlib 1.0.4, the necessary changes
* have been made in zlib. The USE_FAR_KEYWORD define triggers other
* changes that are needed. (Tim Wegner)
*/
/* Separate compiler dependencies (problem here is that zlib.h always
* defines FAR. (SJT)
*/
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
# if defined(__LARGE__) || defined(__HUGE__) || defined(__COMPACT__)
# define LDATA 1
# else
# define LDATA 0
# endif
/* GRR: why is Cygwin in here? Cygwin is not Borland C... */
# if !defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__FLAT__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
# define PNG_MAX_MALLOC_64K /* only used in build */
# if (LDATA != 1)
# ifndef FAR
# define FAR __far
# endif
# define USE_FAR_KEYWORD
# endif /* LDATA != 1 */
/* Possibly useful for moving data out of default segment.
* Uncomment it if you want. Could also define FARDATA as
* const if your compiler supports it. (SJT)
# define FARDATA FAR
*/
# endif /* __WIN32__, __FLAT__, __CYGWIN__ */
#endif /* __BORLANDC__ */
/* Suggest testing for specific compiler first before testing for
* FAR. The Watcom compiler defines both __MEDIUM__ and M_I86MM,
* making reliance oncertain keywords suspect. (SJT)
*/
/* MSC Medium model */
#ifdef FAR
# ifdef M_I86MM
# define USE_FAR_KEYWORD
# define FARDATA FAR
# include <dos.h>
# endif
#endif
/* SJT: default case */
#ifndef FAR
# define FAR
#endif
/* At this point FAR is always defined */
#ifndef FARDATA
# define FARDATA
#endif
/* Typedef for floating-point numbers that are converted
* to fixed-point with a multiple of 100,000, e.g., gamma
*/
typedef png_int_32 png_fixed_point;
/* Add typedefs for pointers */
typedef void FAR * png_voidp;
typedef PNG_CONST void FAR * png_const_voidp;
typedef png_byte FAR * png_bytep;
typedef PNG_CONST png_byte FAR * png_const_bytep;
typedef png_uint_32 FAR * png_uint_32p;
typedef PNG_CONST png_uint_32 FAR * png_const_uint_32p;
typedef png_int_32 FAR * png_int_32p;
typedef PNG_CONST png_int_32 FAR * png_const_int_32p;
typedef png_uint_16 FAR * png_uint_16p;
typedef PNG_CONST png_uint_16 FAR * png_const_uint_16p;
typedef png_int_16 FAR * png_int_16p;
typedef PNG_CONST png_int_16 FAR * png_const_int_16p;
typedef char FAR * png_charp;
typedef PNG_CONST char FAR * png_const_charp;
typedef png_fixed_point FAR * png_fixed_point_p;
typedef PNG_CONST png_fixed_point FAR * png_const_fixed_point_p;
typedef png_size_t FAR * png_size_tp;
typedef PNG_CONST png_size_t FAR * png_const_size_tp;
#ifdef PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED
typedef FILE * png_FILE_p;
#endif
#ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED
typedef double FAR * png_doublep;
typedef PNG_CONST double FAR * png_const_doublep;
#endif
/* Pointers to pointers; i.e. arrays */
typedef png_byte FAR * FAR * png_bytepp;
typedef png_uint_32 FAR * FAR * png_uint_32pp;
typedef png_int_32 FAR * FAR * png_int_32pp;
typedef png_uint_16 FAR * FAR * png_uint_16pp;
typedef png_int_16 FAR * FAR * png_int_16pp;
typedef PNG_CONST char FAR * FAR * png_const_charpp;
typedef char FAR * FAR * png_charpp;
typedef png_fixed_point FAR * FAR * png_fixed_point_pp;
#ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED
typedef double FAR * FAR * png_doublepp;
#endif
/* Pointers to pointers to pointers; i.e., pointer to array */
typedef char FAR * FAR * FAR * png_charppp;
/* png_alloc_size_t is guaranteed to be no smaller than png_size_t,
* and no smaller than png_uint_32. Casts from png_size_t or png_uint_32
* to png_alloc_size_t are not necessary; in fact, it is recommended
* not to use them at all so that the compiler can complain when something
* turns out to be problematic.
* Casts in the other direction (from png_alloc_size_t to png_size_t or
* png_uint_32) should be explicitly applied; however, we do not expect
* to encounter practical situations that require such conversions.
*/
#if defined(__TURBOC__) && !defined(__FLAT__)
typedef unsigned long png_alloc_size_t;
#else
# if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(MAXSEG_64K)
typedef unsigned long png_alloc_size_t;
# else
/* This is an attempt to detect an old Windows system where (int) is
* actually 16 bits, in that case png_malloc must have an argument with a
* bigger size to accomodate the requirements of the library.
*/
# if (defined(_Windows) || defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(_WINDOWS_)) && \
(!defined(INT_MAX) || INT_MAX <= 0x7ffffffeL)
typedef DWORD png_alloc_size_t;
# else
typedef png_size_t png_alloc_size_t;
# endif
# endif
#endif
#endif /* PNGCONF_H */

175
libs/include/pngu.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
/********************************************************************************************
PNGU Version : 0.2a
Coder : frontier
More info : http://frontier-dev.net
********************************************************************************************/
#ifndef __PNGU__
#define __PNGU__
// Return codes
#define PNGU_OK 0
#define PNGU_ODD_WIDTH 1
#define PNGU_ODD_STRIDE 2
#define PNGU_INVALID_WIDTH_OR_HEIGHT 3
#define PNGU_FILE_IS_NOT_PNG 4
#define PNGU_UNSUPPORTED_COLOR_TYPE 5
#define PNGU_NO_FILE_SELECTED 6
#define PNGU_CANT_OPEN_FILE 7
#define PNGU_CANT_READ_FILE 8
#define PNGU_LIB_ERROR 9
// Color types
#define PNGU_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY 1
#define PNGU_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA 2
#define PNGU_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE 3
#define PNGU_COLOR_TYPE_RGB 4
#define PNGU_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA 5
#define PNGU_COLOR_TYPE_UNKNOWN 6
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
// Types
typedef unsigned char PNGU_u8;
typedef unsigned short PNGU_u16;
typedef unsigned int PNGU_u32;
typedef unsigned long long PNGU_u64;
typedef struct
{
PNGU_u8 r;
PNGU_u8 g;
PNGU_u8 b;
} PNGUCOLOR;
typedef struct
{
PNGU_u32 imgWidth; // In pixels
PNGU_u32 imgHeight; // In pixels
PNGU_u32 imgBitDepth; // In bitx
PNGU_u32 imgColorType; // PNGU_COLOR_TYPE_*
PNGU_u32 validBckgrnd; // Non zero if there is a background color
PNGUCOLOR bckgrnd; // Backgroun color
PNGU_u32 numTrans; // Number of transparent colors
PNGUCOLOR *trans; // Transparent colors
} PNGUPROP;
// Image context, always initialize with SelectImageFrom* and free with ReleaseImageContext
struct _IMGCTX;
typedef struct _IMGCTX *IMGCTX;
/****************************************************************************
* Pixel conversion *
****************************************************************************/
// Macro to convert RGB8 values to RGB565
#define PNGU_RGB8_TO_RGB565(r,g,b) ( ((((PNGU_u16) r) & 0xF8U) << 8) | ((((PNGU_u16) g) & 0xFCU) << 3) | (((PNGU_u16) b) >> 3) )
// Macro to convert RGBA8 values to RGB5A3
#define PNGU_RGB8_TO_RGB5A3(r,g,b,a) (PNGU_u16) (((a & 0xE0U) == 0xE0U) ? \
(0x8000U | ((((PNGU_u16) r) & 0xF8U) << 7) | ((((PNGU_u16) g) & 0xF8U) << 2) | (((PNGU_u16) b) >> 3)) : \
(((((PNGU_u16) a) & 0xE0U) << 7) | ((((PNGU_u16) r) & 0xF0U) << 4) | (((PNGU_u16) g) & 0xF0U) | ((((PNGU_u16) b) & 0xF0U) >> 4)))
// Function to convert two RGB8 values to YCbYCr
PNGU_u32 PNGU_RGB8_TO_YCbYCr (PNGU_u8 r1, PNGU_u8 g1, PNGU_u8 b1, PNGU_u8 r2, PNGU_u8 g2, PNGU_u8 b2);
// Function to convert an YCbYCr to two RGB8 values.
void PNGU_YCbYCr_TO_RGB8 (PNGU_u32 ycbycr, PNGU_u8 *r1, PNGU_u8 *g1, PNGU_u8 *b1, PNGU_u8 *r2, PNGU_u8 *g2, PNGU_u8 *b2);
/****************************************************************************
* Image context handling *
****************************************************************************/
// Selects a PNG file, previosly loaded into a buffer, and creates an image context for subsequent procesing.
IMGCTX PNGU_SelectImageFromBuffer (const void *buffer);
// Selects a PNG file, from any devoptab device, and creates an image context for subsequent procesing.
IMGCTX PNGU_SelectImageFromDevice (const char *filename);
// Frees resources associated with an image context. Always call this function when you no longer need the IMGCTX.
void PNGU_ReleaseImageContext (IMGCTX ctx);
/****************************************************************************
* Miscelaneous *
****************************************************************************/
// Retrieves info from selected PNG file, including image dimensions, color format, background and transparency colors.
int PNGU_GetImageProperties (IMGCTX ctx, PNGUPROP *fileproperties);
/****************************************************************************
* Image conversion *
****************************************************************************/
// Expands selected image into an YCbYCr buffer. You need to specify context, image dimensions,
// destination address and stride in pixels (stride = buffer width - image width).
int PNGU_DecodeToYCbYCr (IMGCTX ctx, PNGU_u32 width, PNGU_u32 height, void *buffer, PNGU_u32 stride);
// Macro for decoding an image inside a buffer at given coordinates.
#define PNGU_DECODE_TO_COORDS_YCbYCr(ctx,coordX,coordY,imgWidth,imgHeight,bufferWidth,bufferHeight,buffer) \
\
PNGU_DecodeToYCbYCr (ctx, imgWidth, imgHeight, ((void *) buffer) + (coordY) * (bufferWidth) * 2 + \
(coordX) * 2, (bufferWidth) - (imgWidth))
// Expands selected image into a linear RGB565 buffer. You need to specify context, image dimensions,
// destination address and stride in pixels (stride = buffer width - image width).
int PNGU_DecodeToRGB565 (IMGCTX ctx, PNGU_u32 width, PNGU_u32 height, void *buffer, PNGU_u32 stride);
// Macro for decoding an image inside a buffer at given coordinates.
#define PNGU_DECODE_TO_COORDS_RGB565(ctx,coordX,coordY,imgWidth,imgHeight,bufferWidth,bufferHeight,buffer) \
\
PNGU_DecodeToRGB565 (ctx, imgWidth, imgHeight, ((void *) buffer) + (coordY) * (bufferWidth) * 2 + \
(coordX) * 2, (bufferWidth) - (imgWidth))
// Expands selected image into a linear RGBA8 buffer. You need to specify context, image dimensions,
// destination address, stride in pixels and default alpha value, which is used if the source image
// doesn't have an alpha channel.
int PNGU_DecodeToRGBA8 (IMGCTX ctx, PNGU_u32 width, PNGU_u32 height, void *buffer, PNGU_u32 stride, PNGU_u8 default_alpha);
// Macro for decoding an image inside a buffer at given coordinates.
#define PNGU_DECODE_TO_COORDS_RGBA8(ctx,coordX,coordY,imgWidth,imgHeight,default_alpha,bufferWidth,bufferHeight,buffer) \
\
PNGU_DecodeToRGBA8 (ctx, imgWidth, imgHeight, ((void *) buffer) + (coordY) * (bufferWidth) * 2 + \
(coordX) * 2, (bufferWidth) - (imgWidth), default_alpha)
// Expands selected image into a 4x4 tiled RGB565 buffer. You need to specify context, image dimensions
// and destination address.
int PNGU_DecodeTo4x4RGB565 (IMGCTX ctx, PNGU_u32 width, PNGU_u32 height, void *buffer);
// Expands selected image into a 4x4 tiled RGB5A3 buffer. You need to specify context, image dimensions,
// destination address and default alpha value, which is used if the source image doesn't have an alpha channel.
int PNGU_DecodeTo4x4RGB5A3 (IMGCTX ctx, PNGU_u32 width, PNGU_u32 height, void *buffer, PNGU_u8 default_alpha);
// Expands selected image into a 4x4 tiled RGBA8 buffer. You need to specify context, image dimensions,
// destination address.
PNGU_u8 * PNGU_DecodeTo4x4RGBA8 (IMGCTX ctx, PNGU_u32 width, PNGU_u32 height, int * dstWidth, int * dstHeight, PNGU_u8 *dstPtr);
// Encodes an YCbYCr image in PNG format and stores it in the selected device or memory buffer. You need to
// specify context, image dimensions, destination address and stride in pixels (stride = buffer width - image width).
int PNGU_EncodeFromYCbYCr (IMGCTX ctx, PNGU_u32 width, PNGU_u32 height, void *buffer, PNGU_u32 stride);
int PNGU_EncodeFromRGB (IMGCTX ctx, PNGU_u32 width, PNGU_u32 height, void *buffer, PNGU_u32 stride);
int PNGU_EncodeFromGXTexture (IMGCTX ctx, PNGU_u32 width, PNGU_u32 height, void *buffer, PNGU_u32 stride);
int PNGU_EncodeFromEFB (IMGCTX ctx, PNGU_u32 width, PNGU_u32 height, PNGU_u32 stride);
// Macro for encoding an image stored into an YCbYCr buffer at given coordinates.
#define PNGU_ENCODE_TO_COORDS_YCbYCr(ctx,coordX,coordY,imgWidth,imgHeight,bufferWidth,bufferHeight,buffer) \
\
PNGU_EncodeFromYCbYCr (ctx, imgWidth, imgHeight, ((void *) buffer) + (coordY) * (bufferWidth) * 2 + \
(coordX) * 2, (bufferWidth) - (imgWidth))
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif

147
libs/include/runtimeiospatch/runtimeiospatch.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, version 2.0.
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
// GNU General Public License 2.0 for more details.
// Copyright (C) 2010 Joseph Jordan <joe.ftpii@psychlaw.com.au>
// Copyright (C) 2012-2013 damysteryman
// Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Christopher Bratusek <nano@tuxfamily.org>
// Copyright (C) 2013 DarkMatterCore
// Copyright (C) 2014 megazig
#ifndef __RUNTIMEIOSPATCH_H__
#define __RUNTIMEIOSPATCH_H__
/**
* Version information for Libruntimeiospatch.
*/
#define LIB_RUNTIMEIOSPATCH_VERSION "1.5.2"
//==============================================================================
// HW_RVL header
//==============================================================================
#if defined(HW_RVL) /* defined(HW_RVL) */
/**
*Returns true when HW_AHBPROT access can be applied
*/
#define AHBPROT_DISABLED (*(vu32*)0xcd800064 == 0xFFFFFFFF)
//==============================================================================
// Error code definitions:
//==============================================================================
#define ERROR_AHBPROT -5
#define ERROR_PATCH -7
//==============================================================================
// C++ header
//==============================================================================
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* __cplusplus */
//==============================================================================
// Extra standard declarations
//==============================================================================
typedef signed int s32;
//==============================================================================
//==============================================================================
// Patchsets:
//==============================================================================
/*
Wii:
* DI Readlimit
* ISFS Permissions
* ES SetUID
* ES SetIdentify
* Hash Check (aka Trucha)
* New Hash Check (aka New Trucha)
Sciifii:
* MEM2 Prot
* ES OpenTitleContent 1 & 2
* ES ReadContent Prot
* ES CloseContent
* ES TitleVersionCheck
* ES TitleDeleteCheck
vWii:
* Kill Anti-SystemTitle-Install 1, 2, 3, 4 & 5
*/
//==============================================================================
// Functions:
//==============================================================================
/**
* This function can be used to keep HW_AHBPROT access when going to reload IOS
* @param verbose Flag determing whether or not to print messages on-screen
* @example
* if(AHBPROT_DISABLED) {
* s32 ret;
* ret = IosPatch_AHBPROT(false);
* if (ret) {
* IOS_ReloadIOS(36);
* } else {
* printf("IosPatch_AHBPROT failed.");
* }
* }
* @return Signed 32bit integer representing code
* > 0 : Success - return equals to number of applied patches
* ERROR_AHBPROT : Error - No HW_AHBPROT access
*/
s32 IosPatch_AHBPROT(bool verbose);
/**
* This function applies patches on current IOS
* @see Patchsets
* @param wii Flag determing whether or not to apply Wii patches.
* @param sciifii Flag determing whether or not to apply extra Sciifii patches.
* @param vwii Flag determing whether or not to apply extra vWii patches.
* @param verbose Flag determing whether or not to print messages on-screen.
* @example if(AHBPROT_DISABLED) IosPatch_FULL(true, false, false, false);
* @return Signed 32bit integer representing code
* > 0 : Success - return equals to number of applied patches
* ERROR_AHBPROT : Error - No HW_AHBPROT access
* ERROR_PATCH : Error - Patching HW_AHBPROT access failed
*/
s32 IosPatch_RUNTIME(bool wii, bool sciifii, bool vwii, bool verbose);
/**
* This function combines IosPatch_AHBPROT + IOS_ReloadIOS + IosPatch_RUNTIME
* @see Patchsets
* @param wii Flag determing whether or not to apply Wii patches.
* @param sciifii Flag determing whether or not to apply extra Sciifii patches.
* @param vwii Flag determing whether or not to apply extra vWii patches.
* @param verbose Flag determing whether or not to print messages on-screen.
* @param IOS Which IOS to reload into.
* @example if(AHBPROT_DISABLED) IosPatch_FULL(true, false, false, false, 58);
* @return Signed 32bit integer representing code
* > 0 : Success - return equals to number of applied patches
* ERROR_AHBPROT : Error - No HW_AHBPROT access
* ERROR_PATCH : Error - Patching HW_AHBPROT access failed
*/
s32 IosPatch_FULL(bool wii, bool sciifii, bool vwii, bool verbose, int IOS);
//==============================================================================
// C++ footer
//==============================================================================
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif /* __cplusplus */
//==============================================================================
// HW_RVL footer
//==============================================================================
#endif /* defined(HW_RVL) */
#endif

511
libs/include/zconf.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,511 @@
/* zconf.h -- configuration of the zlib compression library
* Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
*/
/* @(#) $Id$ */
#ifndef ZCONF_H
#define ZCONF_H
/*
* If you *really* need a unique prefix for all types and library functions,
* compile with -DZ_PREFIX. The "standard" zlib should be compiled without it.
* Even better than compiling with -DZ_PREFIX would be to use configure to set
* this permanently in zconf.h using "./configure --zprefix".
*/
#ifdef Z_PREFIX /* may be set to #if 1 by ./configure */
# define Z_PREFIX_SET
/* all linked symbols */
# define _dist_code z__dist_code
# define _length_code z__length_code
# define _tr_align z__tr_align
# define _tr_flush_bits z__tr_flush_bits
# define _tr_flush_block z__tr_flush_block
# define _tr_init z__tr_init
# define _tr_stored_block z__tr_stored_block
# define _tr_tally z__tr_tally
# define adler32 z_adler32
# define adler32_combine z_adler32_combine
# define adler32_combine64 z_adler32_combine64
# ifndef Z_SOLO
# define compress z_compress
# define compress2 z_compress2
# define compressBound z_compressBound
# endif
# define crc32 z_crc32
# define crc32_combine z_crc32_combine
# define crc32_combine64 z_crc32_combine64
# define deflate z_deflate
# define deflateBound z_deflateBound
# define deflateCopy z_deflateCopy
# define deflateEnd z_deflateEnd
# define deflateInit2_ z_deflateInit2_
# define deflateInit_ z_deflateInit_
# define deflateParams z_deflateParams
# define deflatePending z_deflatePending
# define deflatePrime z_deflatePrime
# define deflateReset z_deflateReset
# define deflateResetKeep z_deflateResetKeep
# define deflateSetDictionary z_deflateSetDictionary
# define deflateSetHeader z_deflateSetHeader
# define deflateTune z_deflateTune
# define deflate_copyright z_deflate_copyright
# define get_crc_table z_get_crc_table
# ifndef Z_SOLO
# define gz_error z_gz_error
# define gz_intmax z_gz_intmax
# define gz_strwinerror z_gz_strwinerror
# define gzbuffer z_gzbuffer
# define gzclearerr z_gzclearerr
# define gzclose z_gzclose
# define gzclose_r z_gzclose_r
# define gzclose_w z_gzclose_w
# define gzdirect z_gzdirect
# define gzdopen z_gzdopen
# define gzeof z_gzeof
# define gzerror z_gzerror
# define gzflush z_gzflush
# define gzgetc z_gzgetc
# define gzgetc_ z_gzgetc_
# define gzgets z_gzgets
# define gzoffset z_gzoffset
# define gzoffset64 z_gzoffset64
# define gzopen z_gzopen
# define gzopen64 z_gzopen64
# ifdef _WIN32
# define gzopen_w z_gzopen_w
# endif
# define gzprintf z_gzprintf
# define gzvprintf z_gzvprintf
# define gzputc z_gzputc
# define gzputs z_gzputs
# define gzread z_gzread
# define gzrewind z_gzrewind
# define gzseek z_gzseek
# define gzseek64 z_gzseek64
# define gzsetparams z_gzsetparams
# define gztell z_gztell
# define gztell64 z_gztell64
# define gzungetc z_gzungetc
# define gzwrite z_gzwrite
# endif
# define inflate z_inflate
# define inflateBack z_inflateBack
# define inflateBackEnd z_inflateBackEnd
# define inflateBackInit_ z_inflateBackInit_
# define inflateCopy z_inflateCopy
# define inflateEnd z_inflateEnd
# define inflateGetHeader z_inflateGetHeader
# define inflateInit2_ z_inflateInit2_
# define inflateInit_ z_inflateInit_
# define inflateMark z_inflateMark
# define inflatePrime z_inflatePrime
# define inflateReset z_inflateReset
# define inflateReset2 z_inflateReset2
# define inflateSetDictionary z_inflateSetDictionary
# define inflateGetDictionary z_inflateGetDictionary
# define inflateSync z_inflateSync
# define inflateSyncPoint z_inflateSyncPoint
# define inflateUndermine z_inflateUndermine
# define inflateResetKeep z_inflateResetKeep
# define inflate_copyright z_inflate_copyright
# define inflate_fast z_inflate_fast
# define inflate_table z_inflate_table
# ifndef Z_SOLO
# define uncompress z_uncompress
# endif
# define zError z_zError
# ifndef Z_SOLO
# define zcalloc z_zcalloc
# define zcfree z_zcfree
# endif
# define zlibCompileFlags z_zlibCompileFlags
# define zlibVersion z_zlibVersion
/* all zlib typedefs in zlib.h and zconf.h */
# define Byte z_Byte
# define Bytef z_Bytef
# define alloc_func z_alloc_func
# define charf z_charf
# define free_func z_free_func
# ifndef Z_SOLO
# define gzFile z_gzFile
# endif
# define gz_header z_gz_header
# define gz_headerp z_gz_headerp
# define in_func z_in_func
# define intf z_intf
# define out_func z_out_func
# define uInt z_uInt
# define uIntf z_uIntf
# define uLong z_uLong
# define uLongf z_uLongf
# define voidp z_voidp
# define voidpc z_voidpc
# define voidpf z_voidpf
/* all zlib structs in zlib.h and zconf.h */
# define gz_header_s z_gz_header_s
# define internal_state z_internal_state
#endif
#if defined(__MSDOS__) && !defined(MSDOS)
# define MSDOS
#endif
#if (defined(OS_2) || defined(__OS2__)) && !defined(OS2)
# define OS2
#endif
#if defined(_WINDOWS) && !defined(WINDOWS)
# define WINDOWS
#endif
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(_WIN32_WCE) || defined(__WIN32__)
# ifndef WIN32
# define WIN32
# endif
#endif
#if (defined(MSDOS) || defined(OS2) || defined(WINDOWS)) && !defined(WIN32)
# if !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__FLAT__) && !defined(__386__)
# ifndef SYS16BIT
# define SYS16BIT
# endif
# endif
#endif
/*
* Compile with -DMAXSEG_64K if the alloc function cannot allocate more
* than 64k bytes at a time (needed on systems with 16-bit int).
*/
#ifdef SYS16BIT
# define MAXSEG_64K
#endif
#ifdef MSDOS
# define UNALIGNED_OK
#endif
#ifdef __STDC_VERSION__
# ifndef STDC
# define STDC
# endif
# if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
# ifndef STDC99
# define STDC99
# endif
# endif
#endif
#if !defined(STDC) && (defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus))
# define STDC
#endif
#if !defined(STDC) && (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__))
# define STDC
#endif
#if !defined(STDC) && (defined(MSDOS) || defined(WINDOWS) || defined(WIN32))
# define STDC
#endif
#if !defined(STDC) && (defined(OS2) || defined(__HOS_AIX__))
# define STDC
#endif
#if defined(__OS400__) && !defined(STDC) /* iSeries (formerly AS/400). */
# define STDC
#endif
#ifndef STDC
# ifndef const /* cannot use !defined(STDC) && !defined(const) on Mac */
# define const /* note: need a more gentle solution here */
# endif
#endif
#if defined(ZLIB_CONST) && !defined(z_const)
# define z_const const
#else
# define z_const
#endif
/* Some Mac compilers merge all .h files incorrectly: */
#if defined(__MWERKS__)||defined(applec)||defined(THINK_C)||defined(__SC__)
# define NO_DUMMY_DECL
#endif
/* Maximum value for memLevel in deflateInit2 */
#ifndef MAX_MEM_LEVEL
# ifdef MAXSEG_64K
# define MAX_MEM_LEVEL 8
# else
# define MAX_MEM_LEVEL 9
# endif
#endif
/* Maximum value for windowBits in deflateInit2 and inflateInit2.
* WARNING: reducing MAX_WBITS makes minigzip unable to extract .gz files
* created by gzip. (Files created by minigzip can still be extracted by
* gzip.)
*/
#ifndef MAX_WBITS
# define MAX_WBITS 15 /* 32K LZ77 window */
#endif
/* The memory requirements for deflate are (in bytes):
(1 << (windowBits+2)) + (1 << (memLevel+9))
that is: 128K for windowBits=15 + 128K for memLevel = 8 (default values)
plus a few kilobytes for small objects. For example, if you want to reduce
the default memory requirements from 256K to 128K, compile with
make CFLAGS="-O -DMAX_WBITS=14 -DMAX_MEM_LEVEL=7"
Of course this will generally degrade compression (there's no free lunch).
The memory requirements for inflate are (in bytes) 1 << windowBits
that is, 32K for windowBits=15 (default value) plus a few kilobytes
for small objects.
*/
/* Type declarations */
#ifndef OF /* function prototypes */
# ifdef STDC
# define OF(args) args
# else
# define OF(args) ()
# endif
#endif
#ifndef Z_ARG /* function prototypes for stdarg */
# if defined(STDC) || defined(Z_HAVE_STDARG_H)
# define Z_ARG(args) args
# else
# define Z_ARG(args) ()
# endif
#endif
/* The following definitions for FAR are needed only for MSDOS mixed
* model programming (small or medium model with some far allocations).
* This was tested only with MSC; for other MSDOS compilers you may have
* to define NO_MEMCPY in zutil.h. If you don't need the mixed model,
* just define FAR to be empty.
*/
#ifdef SYS16BIT
# if defined(M_I86SM) || defined(M_I86MM)
/* MSC small or medium model */
# define SMALL_MEDIUM
# ifdef _MSC_VER
# define FAR _far
# else
# define FAR far
# endif
# endif
# if (defined(__SMALL__) || defined(__MEDIUM__))
/* Turbo C small or medium model */
# define SMALL_MEDIUM
# ifdef __BORLANDC__
# define FAR _far
# else
# define FAR far
# endif
# endif
#endif
#if defined(WINDOWS) || defined(WIN32)
/* If building or using zlib as a DLL, define ZLIB_DLL.
* This is not mandatory, but it offers a little performance increase.
*/
# ifdef ZLIB_DLL
# if defined(WIN32) && (!defined(__BORLANDC__) || (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x500))
# ifdef ZLIB_INTERNAL
# define ZEXTERN extern __declspec(dllexport)
# else
# define ZEXTERN extern __declspec(dllimport)
# endif
# endif
# endif /* ZLIB_DLL */
/* If building or using zlib with the WINAPI/WINAPIV calling convention,
* define ZLIB_WINAPI.
* Caution: the standard ZLIB1.DLL is NOT compiled using ZLIB_WINAPI.
*/
# ifdef ZLIB_WINAPI
# ifdef FAR
# undef FAR
# endif
# include <windows.h>
/* No need for _export, use ZLIB.DEF instead. */
/* For complete Windows compatibility, use WINAPI, not __stdcall. */
# define ZEXPORT WINAPI
# ifdef WIN32
# define ZEXPORTVA WINAPIV
# else
# define ZEXPORTVA FAR CDECL
# endif
# endif
#endif
#if defined (__BEOS__)
# ifdef ZLIB_DLL
# ifdef ZLIB_INTERNAL
# define ZEXPORT __declspec(dllexport)
# define ZEXPORTVA __declspec(dllexport)
# else
# define ZEXPORT __declspec(dllimport)
# define ZEXPORTVA __declspec(dllimport)
# endif
# endif
#endif
#ifndef ZEXTERN
# define ZEXTERN extern
#endif
#ifndef ZEXPORT
# define ZEXPORT
#endif
#ifndef ZEXPORTVA
# define ZEXPORTVA
#endif
#ifndef FAR
# define FAR
#endif
#if !defined(__MACTYPES__)
typedef unsigned char Byte; /* 8 bits */
#endif
typedef unsigned int uInt; /* 16 bits or more */
typedef unsigned long uLong; /* 32 bits or more */
#ifdef SMALL_MEDIUM
/* Borland C/C++ and some old MSC versions ignore FAR inside typedef */
# define Bytef Byte FAR
#else
typedef Byte FAR Bytef;
#endif
typedef char FAR charf;
typedef int FAR intf;
typedef uInt FAR uIntf;
typedef uLong FAR uLongf;
#ifdef STDC
typedef void const *voidpc;
typedef void FAR *voidpf;
typedef void *voidp;
#else
typedef Byte const *voidpc;
typedef Byte FAR *voidpf;
typedef Byte *voidp;
#endif
#if !defined(Z_U4) && !defined(Z_SOLO) && defined(STDC)
# include <limits.h>
# if (UINT_MAX == 0xffffffffUL)
# define Z_U4 unsigned
# elif (ULONG_MAX == 0xffffffffUL)
# define Z_U4 unsigned long
# elif (USHRT_MAX == 0xffffffffUL)
# define Z_U4 unsigned short
# endif
#endif
#ifdef Z_U4
typedef Z_U4 z_crc_t;
#else
typedef unsigned long z_crc_t;
#endif
#if 1 /* was set to #if 1 by ./configure */
# define Z_HAVE_UNISTD_H
#endif
#if 1 /* was set to #if 1 by ./configure */
# define Z_HAVE_STDARG_H
#endif
#ifdef STDC
# ifndef Z_SOLO
# include <sys/types.h> /* for off_t */
# endif
#endif
#if defined(STDC) || defined(Z_HAVE_STDARG_H)
# ifndef Z_SOLO
# include <stdarg.h> /* for va_list */
# endif
#endif
#ifdef _WIN32
# ifndef Z_SOLO
# include <stddef.h> /* for wchar_t */
# endif
#endif
/* a little trick to accommodate both "#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE" and
* "#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE 1" as requesting 64-bit operations, (even
* though the former does not conform to the LFS document), but considering
* both "#undef _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE" and "#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE 0" as
* equivalently requesting no 64-bit operations
*/
#if defined(_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE) && -_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE - -1 == 1
# undef _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
#endif
#if defined(__WATCOMC__) && !defined(Z_HAVE_UNISTD_H)
# define Z_HAVE_UNISTD_H
#endif
#ifndef Z_SOLO
# if defined(Z_HAVE_UNISTD_H) || defined(_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE)
# include <unistd.h> /* for SEEK_*, off_t, and _LFS64_LARGEFILE */
# ifdef VMS
# include <unixio.h> /* for off_t */
# endif
# ifndef z_off_t
# define z_off_t off_t
# endif
# endif
#endif
#if defined(_LFS64_LARGEFILE) && _LFS64_LARGEFILE-0
# define Z_LFS64
#endif
#if defined(_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE) && defined(Z_LFS64)
# define Z_LARGE64
#endif
#if defined(_FILE_OFFSET_BITS) && _FILE_OFFSET_BITS-0 == 64 && defined(Z_LFS64)
# define Z_WANT64
#endif
#if !defined(SEEK_SET) && !defined(Z_SOLO)
# define SEEK_SET 0 /* Seek from beginning of file. */
# define SEEK_CUR 1 /* Seek from current position. */
# define SEEK_END 2 /* Set file pointer to EOF plus "offset" */
#endif
#ifndef z_off_t
# define z_off_t long
#endif
#if !defined(_WIN32) && defined(Z_LARGE64)
# define z_off64_t off64_t
#else
# if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(Z_SOLO)
# define z_off64_t __int64
# else
# define z_off64_t z_off_t
# endif
#endif
/* MVS linker does not support external names larger than 8 bytes */
#if defined(__MVS__)
#pragma map(deflateInit_,"DEIN")
#pragma map(deflateInit2_,"DEIN2")
#pragma map(deflateEnd,"DEEND")
#pragma map(deflateBound,"DEBND")
#pragma map(inflateInit_,"ININ")
#pragma map(inflateInit2_,"ININ2")
#pragma map(inflateEnd,"INEND")
#pragma map(inflateSync,"INSY")
#pragma map(inflateSetDictionary,"INSEDI")
#pragma map(compressBound,"CMBND")
#pragma map(inflate_table,"INTABL")
#pragma map(inflate_fast,"INFA")
#pragma map(inflate_copyright,"INCOPY")
#endif
#endif /* ZCONF_H */

1768
libs/include/zlib.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

10
source/languages.c
View File

@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ int initLanguages(struct tm today)
TXT_vBoot2 = "Boot2 v%u";
TXT_NrOfTitles = "Es wurden %d Titel gefunden.";
TXT_NrOfIOS = "Es wurden %d IOS gefunden, von denen %d funktionslos (Stub) sind.";
TXT_AppTitle = "SysCheck %s von JoostinOnline, Double_A, R2-D2199, und Nano";
TXT_AppTitle = "SysCheck HDE %s von JoostinOnline, Double_A, R2-D2199, und Nano";
TXT_AppIOS = "...laeuft auf dem %sIOS%d (rev %d).";
ERR_AllocateMemory = "Speicher fuer %d Titel konnte nicht zugewiesen werden.";
ERR_OpenFile = "Zugriff auf die Speicherdatei des Berichts fehlgeschlagen!";
@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ int initLanguages(struct tm today)
TXT_vBoot2 = "Boot2 v%u";
TXT_NrOfTitles = "%d titres trouves.";
TXT_NrOfIOS = "%d IOS trouves sur cette console. %d sont des stubs.";
TXT_AppTitle = "SysCheck %s par JoostinOnline, Double_A, R2-D2199, et Nano";
TXT_AppTitle = "SysCheck HDE %s par JoostinOnline, Double_A, R2-D2199, et Nano";
TXT_AppIOS = "...tourne sous l'%sIOS%d (rev %d).";
ERR_AllocateMemory = "Imposible d'allouer la memoire pour %d titres.";
ERR_OpenFile = "Impossible d'ouvrir le fichier.";
@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ int initLanguages(struct tm today)
TXT_vBoot2 = "Boot2 v%u";
TXT_NrOfTitles = "Trovati %d giochi.";
TXT_NrOfIOS = "Trovati %d IOS in questa console. %d di questi sono stub.";
TXT_AppTitle = "SysCheck %s by JoostinOnline, Double_A, R2-D2199, and Nano";
TXT_AppTitle = "SysCheck HDE %s by JoostinOnline, Double_A, R2-D2199, and Nano";
TXT_AppIOS = "...appoggiato all'%sIOS%d (v. %d).";
ERR_AllocateMemory = "Impossibile allocare la memoria per %d giochi.";
ERR_OpenFile = "Impossibile aprire il file!";
@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ int initLanguages(struct tm today)
TXT_vBoot2 = "Boot2 v%u";
TXT_NrOfTitles = "Encontrados %d titulos.";
TXT_NrOfIOS = "Se encontraron %d IOS en esta consola. %d de ellos son stubs.";
TXT_AppTitle = "SysCheck %s por JoostinOnline, Double_A, R2-D2199, y Nano";
TXT_AppTitle = "SysCheck HDE %s por JoostinOnline, Double_A, R2-D2199, y Nano";
TXT_AppIOS = "...corre en %sIOS%d (rev %d).";
ERR_AllocateMemory = "Imposible asignar memoria para %d titulos.";
ERR_OpenFile = "Imposible abrir el archivo!";
@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ int initLanguages(struct tm today)
TXT_vBoot2 = "Boot2 v%u";
TXT_NrOfTitles = "Found %d titles.";
TXT_NrOfIOS = "Found %d IOS on this console. %d of them are stub.";
TXT_AppTitle = "SysCheck %s by JoostinOnline, Double_A, R2-D2199, and Nano";
TXT_AppTitle = "SysCheck HDE %s by JoostinOnline, Double_A, R2-D2199, and Nano";
TXT_AppIOS = "...runs on %sIOS%d (rev %d).";
ERR_AllocateMemory = "Unable to allocate the memory for %d titles.";
ERR_OpenFile = "Unable to open the file!";

5
source/sys.c
View File

@ -325,9 +325,10 @@ inline s32 RemoveBogusTMD(void)
}
inline bool CheckIOSType(u32 start_address) {
inline bool CheckIOSType(void) {
if (AHB_ACCESS == false) return false;
const char WL_String[] = {0x57, 0x4C, 0x3A, 0x20, 0x30, 0x32, 0x2F, 0x30, 0x32, 0x2F, 0x31, 0x32};
u32 start_address = IOS_TOP;
const char WL_String[] = {0x57, 0x4C, 0x3A, 0x20, 0x30, 0x32, 0x2F, 0x30, 0x32, 0x2F, 0x31, 0x32}; // "WL: 02/02/12"
u32 i;
for(i = start_address; i < 0x94000000 - sizeof(WL_String); i++) {
if (memcmp((char*)i, WL_String, sizeof(WL_String)) == 0) return true;

54
source/sysCheck.c
View File

@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
printLoading(MSG_GetConsoleRegion);
UpdateTime();
SystemInfo.systemRegion = CONF_GetRegion();
CheckTime(current_time, 600);
CheckTime();
SystemInfo.shopcode = 0;
if (!CONF_GetShopCode(&SystemInfo.shopcode)) {
@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
printLoading(MSG_GetSysMenuVer);
UpdateTime();
SystemInfo.sysMenuVer = GetSysMenuVersion();
CheckTime(current_time, 600);
CheckTime();
sysMenu systemmenu;
@ -180,27 +180,27 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
SystemInfo.sysNinVersion = GetSysMenuNintendoVersion(SystemInfo.sysMenuVer);
SystemInfo.sysMenuRegion = GetSysMenuRegion(SystemInfo.sysMenuVer);
CheckTime(current_time, 600);
CheckTime();
// Get the running IOS version and revision
printLoading(MSG_GetRunningIOS);
UpdateTime();
u32 runningIOS = IOS_GetVersion();
u32 runningIOSRevision = IOS_GetRevision();
SystemInfo.runningIOS = IOS_GetVersion();
SystemInfo.runningIOSRevision = IOS_GetRevision();
CheckTime(current_time, 600);
CheckTime();
// Get the console ID
printLoading(MSG_GetConsoleID);
UpdateTime();
SystemInfo.deviceID = GetDeviceID();
CheckTime(current_time, 600);
CheckTime();
// Get the boot2 version
printLoading(MSG_GetBoot2);
UpdateTime();
SystemInfo.boot2version = GetBoot2Version();
CheckTime(current_time, 600);
CheckTime();
// Get number of titles
printLoading(MSG_GetNrOfTitles);
@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
deinitGUI();
exit(1);
}
CheckTime(current_time, 600);
CheckTime();
// Get list of titles
printLoading(MSG_GetTitleList);
@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
arguments.skipIOScnt--;
}
CheckTime(current_time, 600);
CheckTime();
// Sort IOS titles
printLoading(MSG_SortTitles);
@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
SystemInfo.countTitles = nbTitles;
nbTitles = SystemInfo.countIOS;
CheckTime(current_time, 600);
CheckTime();
// Get the certificates from the NAND
printLoading(MSG_GetCertificates);
@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
deinitGUI();
exit(1);
}
CheckTime(current_time, 600);
CheckTime();
//Select an IOS to test
WPAD_Init();
PAD_Init();
@ -562,15 +562,17 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
printSuccess(MSG_NoUpdate);
sleep(5);
starttime = time(NULL);
printSelectIOS(MSG_SelectIOS, MSG_Buffer);
} else if (ret >= 0) {
printSuccess(MSG_UpdateSuccess);
sleep(10);
sleep(5);
deinitGUI();
exit(0);
} else if (ret < 0) {
printError(MSG_UpdateFail);
sleep(5);
starttime = time(NULL);
printSelectIOS(MSG_SelectIOS, MSG_Buffer);
}
}
@ -624,7 +626,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
// Test IOS type
gprintf("// Test IOS type\n");
logfile("// Test IOS type\r\n");
if(SystemInfo.deviceType == CONSOLE_WII_U) ios[i].infovIOS = CheckIOSType(IOS_TOP);
if(SystemInfo.deviceType == CONSOLE_WII_U) ios[i].infovIOS = CheckIOSType();
// Test fake signature
gprintf("// Test fake signature\n");
@ -687,16 +689,16 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
// Reload the running IOS
sprintf(MSG_Buffer, MSG_ReloadIOS, runningIOS, runningIOSRevision);
/*sprintf(MSG_Buffer, MSG_ReloadIOS, SystemInfo.runningIOS, SystemInfo.runningIOSRevision);
printLoading(MSG_Buffer);
IosPatch_FULL(false, false, false, false, runningIOS);
IosPatch_FULL(false, false, false, false, SystemInfo.runningIOS);
if (SystemInfo.deviceType == CONSOLE_WII_U) {
IosPatch_FULL(false, false, false, false, runningIOS);
ios[runningIOS].infovIOS = CheckIOSType(IOS_TOP);
IosPatch_FULL(false, false, false, false, SystemInfo.runningIOS);
ios[SystemInfo.runningIOS].infovIOS = CheckIOSType();
} else {
IOS_ReloadIOS(ios[i].titleID);
}
CheckTime(current_time, 500);
CheckTime(500);*/
//--Generate Report--
UpdateTime();
@ -712,7 +714,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
// Display Title
sprintf(ReportBuffer[APP_TITLE], TXT_AppTitle, TXT_AppVersion);
sprintf(ReportBuffer[APP_IOS], TXT_AppIOS, ios[runningIOS].infovIOS ? "v" : "", runningIOS, runningIOSRevision);
sprintf(ReportBuffer[APP_IOS], TXT_AppIOS, ios[SystemInfo.runningIOS].infovIOS ? "v" : "", SystemInfo.runningIOS, SystemInfo.runningIOSRevision);
SystemInfo.validregion = SystemInfo.systemRegion >= CONF_REGION_JP && SystemInfo.systemRegion <= CONF_REGION_CN;
// Display the console region
@ -892,7 +894,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
if (homebrew.hbf > HBF_NONE)
sprintf(ReportBuffer[HBF], TXT_HBF, homebrew.hbfversion);
sprintf(ReportBuffer[HOLLYWOOD], TXT_Hollywood, *HOLLYWOOD_VERSION);
sprintf(ReportBuffer[HOLLYWOOD], TXT_Hollywood, HOLLYWOOD_VERSION);
sprintf(ReportBuffer[CONSOLE_ID], TXT_ConsoleID, SystemInfo.deviceID);
sprintf(ReportBuffer[CONSOLE_TYPE], TXT_ConsoleType, SystemInfo.deviceType ? "vWii" : "Wii");
sprintf(ReportBuffer[COUNTRY], TXT_ShopCountry, (strlen(SystemInfo.country)) ? SystemInfo.country : TXT_Unknown, SystemInfo.shopcode);
@ -968,13 +970,13 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
int NumLines = lineOffset+1;
sprintf(ReportBuffer[NumLines], TXT_ReportDate);
CheckTime(current_time, 600);
CheckTime();
// Mount the SD Card
UpdateTime();
printLoading(MSG_MountSD);
MountSD();
CheckTime(current_time, 600);
CheckTime();
// Initialise the FAT file system
UpdateTime();
@ -988,7 +990,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
} else {
//chdir("/");
// Create the report
CheckTime(current_time, 600);
CheckTime();
FILE *file = fopen(REPORT, "w");
if(!file)
@ -1006,7 +1008,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
fclose(file);
printEndSuccess(MSG_ReportSuccess);
CheckTime(current_time, 600);
CheckTime();
}
// Create hash log
@ -1027,7 +1029,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
fclose(file);
UpdateTime();
printEndSuccess(MSG_ReportSuccess);
CheckTime(current_time, 600);
CheckTime();
}
}